Steels Explained PDF

Part two
Steel classification
Lucchini RS Steel Mill.

2 Part two Steel classification
Lucefin
Comparison tables
EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA
Group AISI
EN UNI GB DIN AFNOR BS GOST SAE
Non-alloy structural steels
S235JR S235JR Fe 360 BFN Q235B RSt 37-2 40 B St3sp
1.0038
S235J2 S235J2 Fe 360 D Q235A St 37-3 U E 24-4 40 D St3ps A 414 g A
1.0116
S275JR S275JR Fe 430 B Q255A St 44-2 E 28-2 43 B St4ps A283 g D
1.0044
S275J0 S275J0 Fe 430 C St 44-3 U E 28-3 43 C
1.0143
S355J0 S355J0 Fe 510 C St 52-3 U E 36-3 50 C St4sp A441
1.0553
S355J2 S355J2 Fe 510 D St 52-3 N 50 D 17G1S A 350 LF2
1.0553
E295 E295 Fe 490 Q275 St 50-2 A 50-2 St5ps
1.0050
E335 E335 Fe 590 HRB335 St 60-2 A 60-2 St6ps
1.0060
Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Group AISI
Free-cutting steels
11SMn30 11SMn30 CF9SMn28 9SMn28 S250 230M07 1215
1.0715
11SMnPb30 11SMnPb30 CF9SMnPb28 Y15Pb 9SMnPb28 S250Pb (AS14) 12L15
1.0718
11SMn37 11SMn37 CF9SMn36 9SMn36 S300 1214
1.0736
11SMnPb37 11SMnPb37 CF9SMnPb36 9SMnPb36 S300Pb 12L14
1.0737
10SPb20 10SPb20 CF10SPb20 Y12Pb 10SPb20 10PbF2 AS14 11L08
1.0722
35SPb20 35SPb20 35SPb20 35SPb20 35SPb20 35SPb20
1.0756
36SMn14 36SMn14 35SMn10 36SMn14 36SMn14
1.0764
36SMnPb14 36SMnPb14 35SMnPb10 36SMnPb14 35MF6Pb (AS35G2)
1.0765
46S20 46S20 46S20 45S20 45Mf4 46S20 (1146)
1.0727
46SPb20 46SPb20 46SPb20 45SPb20 46SPb20 46SPb20 (AS45G2) (11L46)
1.0757
Part two Steel classification 3

Group AISI
Case-hardening steels
C10E C10E C10 10 Ck10 XC10 045M10 10 1010
1.1121
C15E C15E C15 15 Ck15 XC12 080M15 15 1015
1.1141
C16E C16E C15 15AL C16E XC18 080M15 1016
1.1148
XC18 C16E C20 20 Ck22 XC16 070M20 20 1023
1.1151
16MnCr5 16MnCr5 16MnCr5 15CrMn 16MnCr5 16MC5 590M17 18ChG 5115
16MnCr5Pb 1.7131
20MnCr5 20MnCr5 20MnCr5 20CrMn 20MnCr5 20MC5 20Ch 5120
20MnCr5Pb 1.7147
17NiCrMo6-4 17NiCrMo6-4 17NiCrMo6-4
1.6566
18NiCrMo5 17NiCrMo6-4 18NiCrMo5 18NCD6 815M17 (4317)
18NiCrMo5Pb
20NiCrMo2-2 20NiCrMo2-2 20NiCrMo2 20CrNiMo 21NiCrMo2 20NCD2 805M20 20ChGNM 8620
1.6523
16NiCr4 16NiCr4 16CrNi4 15CrNi6 16NC4 637M17 12ChN2 4320
16NiCr4Pb 16NiCr4Pb 1.5919
16NiCr11 16NiCr12 16NiCr11 12CrNi3 14NiCr10 16NC11 3415
1.5732
16NiCrMo12 14NiCrMo13-4 16NiCrMo12 16NiCrMo12-6 16NCD13
1.6782

Group AISI
Nitriding steels
34CrAlNi7-10 34CrAlNi7-10 34CrAlNi7-10 34CrAlNi7 K52440
1.8550
41CrAlMo7-10 41CrAlMo7-10 41CrAlMo7 38CrMoAl 41CrAlMo7 40CAD6.12 905M39 38Ch2MJua K24065
1.8509

Group AISI
Quenching and tempering steels
Carbon steels for quenching and tempering
C22E/C22R C22E C22R C20 20 Ck22 Cm22 XC18 070M20 20 1020
1.1151 1.1149
C30E/C30R C30E C30R C30 30 Ck30 Cm30 XC32 080M30 30 1030
1.1178 1.1179
C35E/C35R C35E C35R C35 35 Ck35 Cm35 XC38H1 080M36 35 1034
1.1181 1.1180
XC38H1 C35E C35R C35 Ck35 Cm35 XC38H1 080M36 38 1035
1.1181 1.1180
1.1186 1.1189
1.1191 1.1201
C50E/C50R C50E C50R C50 50 Ck50 Cm50 080M50 50 1050
1.1206 1.1241
C55E C55E C55 55 Ck 55 XC55 H1 070M55 55 1055
1.1203
C60E/C60R C60E C60R C60 60 Ck60 Cm60 070M60 60 1060
1.1221 1.1223
ASTM non-alloy steels for quenching and tempering
ASTM A 105 C21 A 105
1.0432
ASTM A 350 LF2 S355J2 Fe 510D 16Mn St52.3N 50D 20G A 350 LF2
1.0553
Alloy steels
41Cr4 41Cr4 41Cr4 40Cr 41Cr4 42C4 530M40 40Ch 5140
1.7035
34CrMo4 34CrMo4 34CrMo4 30CrMo 34CrMo4 34CD4 35ChM 4135
1.7220
42CrMo4 42CrMo4 42CrMo4 42CrMo 42CrMo4 42CD4 708M40 38ChM 4140
42CrMo4Pb 1.7225
50CrMo4 50CrMo4 50CrMo4 ZG50CrMo 50CrMo4 50Ch 4150
1.7228
39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3 40NCD3 816M40 40ChN2MA 9840
39NiCrMo3Pb 39NiCrMo3Pb 1.6510
34CrNiMo6 34CrNiMo6 35NiCrMo6 34CrNiMo6 35NCD6 817M40 38Ch2N2MA 9840
1.6582
40NiCrMo7 40NiCrMo7 40NiCrMo7 40NiCrMo8 30ChNML E4340
1.6562
30CrNiMo8 30CrNiMo8 30CrNiMo8 30CND8 823M30 30ChN2MA (320L43)
1.6580
Self-hardening steel
36NiCrMo16 36NiCrMo16 34NiCrMo16 36NiCrMo16 35NCD16 835M30
1.6773

Group AISI
Creep-resisting steels
P235GH P235GH Fe360 1 KW P235GH A37CP 141-360 A285 g A
1.0345
42CrMo4 42CrMo4 42CrMo4 42CrMo 42CrMo4 42CD4 708M40 40ChML A193-B7
1.7225
40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 670-860 A193 B16
1.7711
10CrMo9-10 10CrMo9-10 12CrMo9 10 KG 12Cr2MoG 10CrMo9-10 12CD9-10 622/B3 10Ch2M A182 F22
1.7380

Group AISI
Flame and induction-hardening steels
C43 C43
C48 C48 1049
Cf53 C53 C53 Cf53 XC48 TS 070M55 (1050)
1.1213
36CrMn4 37Cr4 36CrMn4 35Cr4 37Cr4 38C4 38ChA 5135
appr. 1.7034
41CrMo4 41CrMo4 41CrMo4 40Cr 41CrMo4 40Ch 4142
1.7223
50CrMo4 50CrMo4 50CrMo4 ZG50CrMo4 50CrMo4 50Ch 4150
1.7228
40NiCrMo3 40NiCrMo3

Group AISI
Spring steels
C60E C60E C60 60 Ck60 Cm60 070M60 60 1060
1.1221 1.1223
56Si7 56Si7 55Si7 55Si2Mn 55Si7 55S7 251A58 55S2 9255
1.5026
60SiCr8 60SiCr8 60SiCr8 60Si2CrA 60SiCr7 61SC7 60S2G 9261H
1.7108 9262
51CrV4 51CrV4 50CrV4 50CrVA 50CrV4 50CV4 735A50 50ChGF 6150
1.8159
52SiCrNi5 52SiCrNi5 ZG50CrMo 52SiCrNi5 52SiCrNi5
1.7117

Group AISI
Bearing steels
102Cr6 102Cr6 100Cr6 Cr2100Cr6 100Cr6 ShCh15 52100
1.3505
100CrMo7 100CrMo7 100CrMo7 GC18Mo 100CrMo7 100CD7 A485(3)
1.3537
X82WMoCrV6-5-4 X80WMoCrV654 X82WMoV65 X82WMoCrV6-5-4 Z85WCDV6 85Ch4M A597
1.3553 5F2V6L CM2

Group AISI
Hot-work tool steels
X37CrMoV5-1 X 37CrMoV5-1 X37CrMoV5.1KU 4Cr5MoSiV X 38CrMoV5-1 Z 38CDV5 B-H 11 4Ch5MFS H 11
1.2343
X40CrMoV5-1 X 40CrMoV5-1 X40CrMoV5.1.1KU 4Cr5MoSiV1 X 40CrMoV5-1 Z 40CDV5 B-H 13 4Ch4VMFS H 13
1.2344
40NiCrMoV16 KU 40NiCrMoV16KU 35NiCrMo16 Y35NCD16
1.2766
55NiCrMoV7 55NiCrMoV7 56NiCrMoV7KU 5CrNiMo 56NiCrMoV7 55NCDV7 BH 224 4ChMNFS A681 L6
1.2714
X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 (420)
1.2083
40CrMnMoS8-6
1.2312
32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CDV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 3Ch3MF H10
1.2365
X38CrMoV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 Z38CDV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3
1.2367
54NiCrMoV6 54NiCrMoV6 54NiCrMoV6
1.2711
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
1.2738
45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45Ch2N4MA
1.2767
35NiCrMoV12-5 35NiCrMoV12-5 35NiCrMoV12-5 38ChN3MFA
1.6959

Group AISI
Cold-work tool steels
35CrMo7 35CrMo7 35CrMo8KU 5CrMnMo
40CrMnMo7
1.2311
40CrMnMo7 35CrMo8 35CrMo8KU (5CrMnMo) 40CrMnMo7
1.2311
100CrMo7 100CrMo7 100CrMo7 GCr18Mo 100CrMo7 100CD7 485(3)
1.3537
110W4 KU 110W4KU 120WV4 B-F1 A681 A10
1.2516
90MnCrV8 90MnCrV8 90MnCrV8KU 9Mn2V 90MnCrV8 90MV8 B-O2 9G2F O-2
1.2842
X38CrMo16 X38CrMo16 X38CrMo16 1KU X38CrMo16 A681 D4
1.2316
X153CrMoV12 X153CrMoV12 X155CrVMo121 Cr12MoV X155CrVMo121 X160CrMoV12 1 BD 2 Ch12MF A681 D2
1.2379
X210Cr12 X210Cr12 X205Cr12KU C12 X210Cr12 Z200C12 BD 3 Ch12 A681 D3
1.2080
58SiMo8 KU 58SiMo8KU
60WCrV8 60WCrV8 58WCr9KU 6CrW2Si 60WCrV7 55WC20 6ChV2S A681 S-1
1.2550
C45U C45U C45U (45) 1.1730 Y3 42 C45U (45) (1045)

Group AISI
High-speed steels
HS 6-5-2-5 HS 6-5-2-5 HS 6-5-2-5 W6Mo5Cr4V2Co5 S 6-5-2-5 Z90WDKCV BM35 R6M5K5 A600
1.3243 06-05-05-04-02 M36
HS 2-9-1-8 HS 2-9-1-8 HS 2-9-1-8 W2Mo9Cr4VCo8 S 2-10-1-8 Z110DKCWV BM42 R2AM9K5 A600
1.3247 09-08-04-02-01 M42
HS 6-5-2C HS 6-5-2C HS 6-5-2 CW6Mo5Cr4V2 S 6-5-2 Z90WDCV BM2 R6AM5 A600
1.3343 06.05.02 M-2
HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 Z130WKCDV BT42 R9M4K8 A600
1.3207 10.10.04.04.03 M44

Group AISI
Stainless steels
AISI 303 X8CrNiS18-9 X10CrNiS18-09 Y1Cr18Ni9 X10CrNiS18-9 Z8CNF18-09 303S31 2Ch18N10E 303
1.4305
AISI 304 X5CrNi18-10 X5CrNi18-10 0Cr18Ni9 X5CrNi18-10 Z5CN18-09 304S15 07Ch18N10 304
1.4301
AISI 316 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 X5CrNiMo17-12 0Cr17Ni12Mo2 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 Z7CND17-12-02 316S31 08Ch17N13M2 316
1.4401
AISI 416 X12CrS13 X12CrS13 Y1Cr13 X12CrS13 Z11CF13 416S21 416
1.4005
AISI 420 X20Cr13 X20Cr13 2Cr13 X20Cr13 Z20C13 420S37 20Ch13 420
1.4021
AISI 430 X6Cr17 X8Cr17 1Cr17 X6Cr17 Z8C17 430S17 12Ch17 430
1.4016
AISI 431 X17CrNi16-2 X17CrNi16-2 1Cr17Ni2 X17CrNi16-2 Z15CN16-02 431S29 17Ch17N2 431
1.4057

Group AISI
Steels for crome-plating
S355J2 S355J2 Fe510D St52-3 N 50D 17G1S A350LF2
1.0553
C45E C45E C45R C45 45 Ck45 Cm45 XC48H1 080M46 45 1045
1.1191 1.1201
Cf53 C53 C53 Cf53 XC48 TS 070M55 1050
1.1213
20MnVS6 20MnV6 20MnV 20MnV6 A381
1.5217
42CrMo4 42CrMo4 42CrMo4 42CrMo 42CrMo4 42CD4 708M40 38ChM 4140
1.7225
39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3 36CrNiMo4 40NCD3 816M40 40ChN2MA 9840
1.6511
50CrMo4 50CrMo4 50CrMo4 ZG50CrMo 50CrMo4 50Ch 4150
1.7228

Group AISI
Structural and constructional steels
SAE 1141 1141
SAE 1116 1116
SAE 1117 (15S10) (214A15) 1117
SAE 1018 C18 20 St 45.8 080A17 18G 1018
1.0405
SAE 1045 C45E C45 45 CK45 XC48H1 080M46 45G 1045
1.1191
CB 4 FF CB4 FF KD CB4 FF C4 C
1.0303
CB 20 FF C21 KD CB20 FF 20g C22 C
1.1152
C20 C22 C20 20 C22 C20 070M20 20A M1020
1.0402
NON-ALLOY STRUCTURAL STEELS
S235JR S235J2 S275JR S275J0 S355J0 S355J2 E295 E335

Part two Non-alloy structural steels 9
Technical card
S235JR
Quality S235JR
According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Trafilix
Number 1.0038 Lucefin Group
Chemical composition
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al%
max max max max max max
0.17 c) 1.40 0.035 0.035 0.012 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
0.19 c) 1.50 0.045 0.045 0.014 b) 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FN rimming steel not permitted.
S235JR n 1.0122 P% - S% max 0.040 cast analysis
c) for nominal thickness > 40 mm to 100 mm max 0.20 of ladle / 0.23 of the product;
for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
a) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.020%
b) the max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normal Soft Isothermal Temperature values are valid
treatment annealing annealing for analysis close to:
1200-850 Natural 690-720 furnace C% Mn% Si%
(HB max 140) ~ 0.10 ~ 0.50 ~ 0.20
In some cases the piece can be normalized and tempered or quenched and tempered
Pre-heating Stress relieving
Normalizing Quenching Stress welding after welding
and Tempering and Tempering relieving not demanded slow cooling
920 air 920 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
540-650 air 540-665 air temp. of tempering 725 880 480 260
Mechanical properties
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S235JR 1.0038
Testing at room temperature
size mm R size mm ReH min size mm A% L A% T HB
from to N/mm2 from to N/mm2 from to min min reference only
3 360-510 16 235 3 40 26 24 104-154
3 100 360-510 16 40 225 40 63 25 23 104-154
100 150 350-500 40 63 215 63 100 24 22 103-152
150 250 340-490 63 80 215 100 150 22 22 100-149
80 100 215 150 250 21 21
Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 100 150 195 from to Kv + 20 C J min d)
E long. G tang. 150 200 185 150 27
198000 76000 200 250 175 150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. The impact properties are verified only when specified in the order
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 S235JRC 1.0122 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R e) Rp 0.2 e) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 f) 10 470-840 355 8 141-250
10 16 420-770 300 9 125-231
16 40 390-730 260 10 114-224 360-510 102-140
40 63 380-670 235 11 110-203 360-510 102-140
63 100 360-640 215 11 104-198 360-510 102-140
e) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2
and tensile strength can be 10% Temperature E long. G tang.
f) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before 20 C 170000 65000
order placement.
Values valid also for +C +SL
10 Part two Non-alloy structural steels
S235JR Technical card Trafilix

Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 S235JRG2 1.0038
Tensile test at room temperature Kv at room temperature
size mm R Re A% L A% T Kv L Kv T HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min min
100 340 215 24 35 100
100 250 340 175 23 17 30 20 100
250 500 340 165 23 17 27 15 100
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA USA AISI/SAE
S235JR Fe 360 B Q235B RSt 37-2 40 B St3sp A 252
Technical card
S235J2
Quality S235J2
max max max max max
0.17 a) 1.40 0.025 0.025 0.40 Cast analysis
0.19 a) 1.50 0.035 0.035 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FF fully killed steel
a) for nominal thickness > 100 mm the C content must be agreed upon
Temperature in C
1200-850 Natural 690 air C% Mn% Si%
~ 0.10 ~ 0.50 ~ 0.20
and tempering and tempering relieving not demanded slow cooling
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S235J2 1.0117
Testing at room temperature, impact 20C
3 360-510 16 235 3 40 26 24 104-154
3 100 360-510 16 40 225 40 63 25 23 104-154
100 150 350-500 40 63 215 63 100 24 22 103-152
150 250 340-490 63 80 215 100 150 22 22 100-149
250 400 330-480 80 100 215 150 250 21 21 94-146
100 150 195 250 400 21 21
150 200 185 from to Kv 20 C J min b)
200 250 175 150 27
250 400 165 150 250 27
250 400 27
b) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)
Cold-drawn +C Hot-rolled Peeled Reeled +SH

mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 N/mm2 min
No indications are shown in the reference standards, (please refer to the same values of quality S235JRC EN 10277-2)
Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 S235J2G3 1.0016

Tensile test at room temperature Kv at - 20C (A normalization treatment is advised)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min J min min
100 340 215 24 35 100
100 250 340 175 23 17 30 20 100
250 500 340 165 23 17 27 15 100
S235J2 appr. Fe 360 D Q235A appr. St 37-3 U appr. E 24-4 appr. 40 D St3ps-5 appr. A 515
S275JR 12 Part two Non-alloy structural steels
Quality S275JR Technical card

0.21 c) 1.50 0.035 0.035 0.012 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
Method of deoxidation FF rimming steel not permitted.
c) maximum 0.22 ladle analysis, max 0.25 product analysis for thickness > 40 mm to 100 mm;
Temperature C
1150-850 Natural 650-700 air C% Mn% Si%
0.19 0.65
880-900 air 860-900 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
550-660 air 550-660 air temp. of tempering
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 S275JR 1.0044
Testing at room temperature Kv + 20C
3 430-580 16 275 3 40 23 21 128-172
3 100 410-560 16 40 265 40 63 22 20 122-162
100 150 400-540 40 63 255 63 100 21 19 119-158
150 250 380-540 63 80 245 100 150 19 19 110-158
80 100 235 150 250 18 18
Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 100 150 225 from to Kv + 20 C J min d)
E long. G tang. 150 200 215 10 150 27
210000 80000 200 250 205 150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. The impact properties are verified only when specified in the order

from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
No indications are shown in the reference standards
EUROPE EN ITALY UNI CHINA GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSIA USA AISI/SAE
S275JR Fe 430 B Q255A St 44-2 E 28-2 43 B St4kp-2 1020
Technical card
S275J0
Quality S275J0
0.18 c) 1.50 0.040 0.040 0.009 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
c) max 0.20 ladle analysis, max 0,22 product analysis for thickness > 150 mm;
b) ithe max value does not apply if the chemical composition shows a minimum total Al content of 0.015%
Temperature C
1200-850 Natural 690 air
Testing at room temperature Kv 0C
3 430-580 16 275 3 40 23 21 128-172
3 100 410-560 16 40 265 40 63 22 20 122-162
100 150 400-540 40 63 255 63 100 21 19 119-158
150 250 380-540 63 80 245 100 150 19 19 110-158
80 100 235 150 250 18 18
100 150 225 from to Kv 0 C J min d)
150 200 215 10 150 27
200 250 205 150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)

S275J0 Fe 430 C St 44-3 U E 28-3 43 C
Technical card
S355J0
Quality S355J0
max max max max max max max
0.20 c) 0.55 1.60 0.030 0.030 0.012 a) 0.40 Cast analysis
0.23 c) 0.60 1.70 0.040 0.040 0.014 b) 0.45 Product analysis
c) max 0.22 by ladle analysis, max 0.24 of the product for thickness > 30 mm to 100 mm;
Temperature C
~ 0.18 ~ 1.20 ~ 0.30
and tempering and tempering relieving 100 slow cooling
920 air 880-900 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
3 510-680 16 355 3 40 22 20 154-208
3 100 470-630 16 40 345 40 63 21 19 141-192
100 150 450-600 40 63 335 63 100 20 18 135-178
150 250 450-600 63 80 325 100 150 18 18 135-178
80 100 315 150 250 17 17
100 150 295
150 200 285 from to Kv 0 C J min d)
200 250 275 10 150 27
150 250 27
d) For thickness > 100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)

No indications are shown in the reference standards (please refer to the same values of quality S355J2C EN 10277-2)
S355J0 Fe 510 C St 52-3 U E 36-3 50 C
S355J2 Part two Non-alloy structural steels 15
Quality S355J2 Technical card

max max max max max max max
0.20 a) 0.55 1.60 0.025 0.025 0.40 Cast analysis
0.23 a) 0.60 1.70 0.035 0.035 0.45 Product analysis
Method of deoxidation FF fully killed steel.
S355J2 n 1.0579 P% - S% max 0.030 cast analysis
a) max 0.22 by ladle analysis, max 0.24 of the product for thickness > 30 mm to 100 mm;
Temperature C
(HB max 180) ~ 0.18 ~ 1.20 ~ 0.30
920 air 880-900 water 50 under the Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
3 510-680 16 355 3 40 22 20 154-208
3 100 470-630 16 40 345 40 63 21 19 141-192
100 150 450-600 40 63 335 63 100 20 18 135-178
150 250 450-600 63 80 325 100 150 18 18 135-178
250 400 450-600 80 100 315 150 250 17 17 135-178
100 150 295 250 400 17 17
Mod. of Elasticity N/mm2 150 200 285 from to Kv 20 C J min b)
E long. G tang. 200 250 275 150 27
220000 84000 250 400 265 150 250 27
250 400 27
b) For sections with a nominal thickness >100 mm the values shall be agreed upon. (A normalization treatment is advised)
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 S355J2C 1.0579 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min reference only N/mm2
5 d) 10 630-950 520 6 192-286
10 16 580-880 450 7 172-263
16 40 530-850 350 8 156-253 470-630 146-187
40 63 500-770 335 9 152-231 470-630 146-187
63 100 470-740 315 9 141-224 470-630 146-187
c) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
d) for thickness below 5 mm the mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement

S355J2 Technical card Trafilix

Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 S355J2G3 1.0570
Tensile test at room temperature Kv at - 20C (A normalization treatment is advised)
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min min
100 490 315 20 35 149
100 250 450 275 18 12 30 20 135
250 500 450 265 18 12 27 15 135
S355J2 Fe 510 D St 52-3 N 50 D 17G1SSD A350LF2
E295 Part two Non-alloy structural steels 17
Quality E295 (Fe 490 Fe 50 St 50-2 C 30E C 35E) Technical card

max max max
0.045 0.045 0.009 a) Cast analysis
0.055 0.055 0.014 b) Product analysis
Temperature C
1150-850 Natural 700 air 850 furnace cooling to C% Mn% Si%
650, after air ~ 0.30 ~ 0.60 ~ 0.30
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 E295 1.0050 (A normalization treatment is advised)
3 490-660 16 295 3 40 20 18 149-202
3 100 470-610 16 40 285 40 63 19 17 141-183
100 150 450-610 40 63 275 63 100 18 16 135-183
150 250 440-610 63 80 265 100 150 16 15 132-183
80 100 255 150 250 15 14
100 150 245 from to Kv + 20 C J min
150 200 235 10 150
200 250 225 150 250
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 E295GC 1.0533 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2
5 d) 10 650-950 510 6 200-286
10 16 600-900 420 7 178-271
16 40 550-850 320 8 159-253 470-610 140-181
40 63 520-770 300 9 155-231 470-610 140-181
63 100 470-740 255 9 141-224 470-610 140-181
E295 Fe 490 Q275 St 50-2 A 50-2 S15ps-2
Quality E335 (Fe 590 Fe 60 St 60-2 C 40E C 45E) Technical card

E335

max max max
0.045 0.045 0.012 a) Cast analysis
0.055 0.055 0.014 b) Product analysis
Temperature C
1100-850 Natural 690 air 820 furnace cooling to C% Mn% Si%
660, after air ~ 0.40 ~ 0.60 ~ 0.30
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod EN 10025-2: 2004 E335 1.0060 (A normalization treatment is advised)
3 590-770 16 335 3 40 16 14 176-231
3 100 570-710 16 40 325 40 63 15 13 169-218
100 150 550-710 40 63 315 63 100 14 12 159-218
150 250 540-710 63 80 305 100 150 12 11 158-218
80 100 295 150 250 11 10
100 150 275 from to Kv + 20 C J min
150 200 265 10 150
200 250 255 150 250
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-2: 2008 E335GC 1.0543 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min reference only N/mm2
5 d) 10 700-1050 540 5 213-319
10 16 680-970 480 6 208-293
16 40 640-930 390 7 198-278 570-710 169-211
40 63 620-870 340 8 190-260 570-710 169-211
63 100 570-810 295 8 169-243 570-710 169-211
E335 Fe 590 HRB335 St 60-2 A 60-2 St6ps-2
FREE-CUTTING STEELS
11SMn30 11SMnPb30 11SMn37 11SMnPb37

10SPb20 35SPb20 36SMn14 36SMnPb14 46S20 46SPb20
20 Part two Free-cutting steels
Technical card
11SMn30
Quality 11SMn30
According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Pb% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0.14 0.05 0.90-1.30 0.11 0.27-0.33
0.02 + 0.01 0.04 + 0.02 0.03
Permissible deviations on the product.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural forming Soft Carburizing Hardening on Stress
condition annealing carburized surface relieving
1250-950 680 (880-950) (770-810) (180-200)
air
Normalizing Core Core Stress welding after welding
hardening hardening relieving not recommended not recommended
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling
Mechanical proper ties

Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
size mm R HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 10 380-570 112-169
10 16 380-570 112-169 Not suitable for heat treatment
16 40 380-570 112-169
40 63 370-570 109-169
63 100 360-520 107-154
Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH

Values valid also for +C +SL Values valid also for +SH +SL
mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for N/mm2
5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243
10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226
16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169
40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169
63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154
a) for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
11SMn30 CF 9SMn28 9SMn28 S250 230M07 1214
Part two Free-cutting steels 21
Technical card
11SMnPb30
Quality 11SMnPb30
max max max
0.14 0.05 0.90-1.30 0.11 0.27-0.33 0.20-0.35
0.02 + 0.01 0.04 + 0.02 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Temperature C
1250-950 680 (880-950) (770-810) (180-200)
air
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
5 10 380-570 112-169
16 40 380-570 112-169
40 63 370-570 109-169
63 100 360-520 107-154

to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for informazione N/mm2
5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243
10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226
16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169
40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169
63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154
11SMnPb30 CF 9SMnPb28 Y15Pb 9SMnPb28 S250Pb (AS14) 12L14
Technical card
11SMn37
Quality 11SMn37
max max max
0.14 0.05 1.00-1.50 0.11 0.34-0.40
0.02 + 0.01 0.06 + 0.02 0.04
Temperature C
1250-950 680
air
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
5 10 380-570 112-169
16 40 380-570 112-169
40 63 370-570 109-169
63 100 360-520 107-154

5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243
10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226
16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169
40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169
63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154
11SMn37 CF 9SMn36 9SMn36 S300
Technical card
11SMnPb37
Quality 11SMnPb37
max max max
0.14 0.05 1.00-1.50 0.11 0.34-0.40 0.20-0.35
0.02 + 0.01 0.06 + 0.02 0.04 + 0.03 0.02
Temperature C
1250-950 680
air
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
5 10 380-570 112-169
16 40 380-570 112-169
40 63 370-570 109-169
63 100 360-520 107-154

Values valid also for +C + SL Values valid also for +SH +SL
5 b) 10 510-810 440 6 154-243
10 16 490-760 410 7 149-226
16 40 460-710 375 8 139-218 380-570 112-169
40 63 400-650 305 9 119-200 370-570 112-169
63 100 360-630 245 9 104-192 360-520 107-154
11SMnPb37 CF 9SMnPb36 9SMnPb36 S300Pb 12L14
Technical card
10SPb20
Quality 10SPb20
max max
0.07-0.13 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25 0.20-0.35
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03-0.02
Temperature C
1250-950 690 880-980 770-810 180
(HB max 160) air water, oil, polymer 200

900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer furnace cooling 720 815 485 270
5 10 360-530 107-156 No indications are shown in the reference standards
10 16 360-530 107-156
16 40 360-530 107-156
40 63 360-530 107-156
63 100 350-490 105-146

5 b) 10 520-780 410 7 155-232
10 16 490-740 390 8 149-224
16 40 460-720 360 9 139-223 360-530 107-156
40 63 410-660 295 10 122-202 360-530 107-156
63 100 380-630 235 11 110-192 350-490 105-146
Modulus elasticity Thermal conductivity Specific heat capacity Density Melting temperature
N/mm2 W/(mK) J/(kgK) kg/dm3 C
200000 47 440 7.85 1500-1540
10SPb20 CF 10SPb20 10SPb20 10PbF2 11L08
Technical card
35SPb20
Quality 35SPb20
max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25 0.15-0.35
0.03 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Temperature C
1230-950 680
air
860 840 890 oil or 540-680 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air water polymer air
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered +QT EN 10087: 2000
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 10 550-720 159-223 630-780 430 15 192-232
10 16 550-700 159-213 630-780 430 15 192-232
16 40 520-680 154-201 600-750 380 16 178-225
40 63 520-670 154-198 550-700 320 17 159-213
63 100 500-650 149-193 550-700 320 17 159-213
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2
5 b) 10 640-880 480 6 198-263
10 16 590-830 400 7 176-249
16 40 560-800 360 8 162-240 520-680 154-201
40 63 530-760 340 9 156-226 520-670 154-198
63 100 510-680 300 9 154-208 500-650 149-193
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C
mm R c) Rp 0.2 c) A% c) HB c) R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 b) 10 700-900 490 9 213-271
10 16 700-900 490 11 213-271
16 40 600-750 380 16 178-225 650-850 455 12 200-253
40 63 550-700 320 17 159-213 570-770 400 13 169-231
63 100 550-700 320 17 159-213 550-750 385 14 159-225
c) Values valid also for +C +QT+SL and +QT +C + SL
35SPb20 35SPb20
Technical card
36SMn14
Quality 36SMn14
max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 1.30-1.70 0.06 0.10-0.18
0.03 + 0.03 0.06 + 0.008 0.03
Temperature C
1250-950 680 850-900 770-810 180-200
(HB 163-222) air water, oil, salt bath
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
from to N/mm2 reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 10 580-770 172-231 700-850 480 14 213-253
10 16 580-770 172-231 700-850 460 14 213-253
16 40 560-750 166-222 670-820 420 15 203-246
40 63 560-740 166-219 640-790 400 16 198-237
63 100 550-740 163-219 570-720 360 17 169-223
5 b) 10 660-960 500 6 202-290
10 16 620-920 440 6 190-275
16 40 600-900 390 7 178-271 560-750 166-222
40 63 580-840 360 8 172-250 560-740 166-219
63 100 560-820 340 9 162-246 550-740 163-219
Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT EN 10277-3: 2008 Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT + C
5 b) 10 750-1000 525 6 225-298
10 16 740-990 520 6 224-297
16 40 670-820 420 15 203-246 720-970 505 8 223-293
40 63 640-790 400 16 198-237 680-930 475 9 208-278
63 100 570-720 360 17 169-223 580-840 405 9 172-250
36SMn14 35SMn10 36SMn14 36SMn14
Quality 36SMnPb14 Technical card

36SMnPb14

max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 1.30-1.70 0.06 0.10-0.18 0.15-0.35
0.03 + 0.03 0.06 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Temperature C
1250-950 680 850-900 770-810 180-200
(HB 163-222) air water, oil, salt bath
900 880 890 oil or 150-200 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
Hot-formed natural forming condition EN 10087: 2000 Hot-formed quenched and tempered EN 10087: 2000
PTesting at room temperature (longitudinal) Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
5 10 580-770 172-231 700-850 480 14 213-253
10 16 580-770 172-231 700-850 460 14 213-253
16 40 560-750 166-222 670-820 420 15 203-246
40 63 560-740 162-219 640-790 400 16 198-237
63 100 550-740 163-219 570-720 360 17 169-223
5 b) 10 660-960 500 6 202-290
10 16 620-920 440 6 190-275
16 40 600-900 390 7 178-271 560-750 166-222
40 63 580-840 360 8 172-250 560-740 166-219
63 100 560-820 340 9 162-246 550-740 163-219
from to N/mm 2 2
N/mm min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform.
5 b) 10 750-1000 525 6 225-298
10 16 740-990 520 6 224-297
16 40 670-820 420 15 203-246 720-970 505 8 223-293
40 63 640-790 400 16 198-237 680-930 475 9 208-278
63 100 570-720 360 17 169-223 580-840 405 9 172-250
36SMnPb14 35SMnPb10 36SMnPb14 35MF6Pb (AS35G2)
Technical card
46S20
Quality 46S20
max max
0.42-0.50 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25
0.03 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03
Temperature C
1250-950 680
air
860 840 860 oil or 540-680 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
5 10 590-800 176-240 700-850 490 12 213-253
10 16 590-780 175-232 700-850 490 12 213-253
16 40 590-760 175-225 650-800 430 13 200-240
40 63 580-730 172-216 630-780 370 14 192-232
63 100 560-710 166-211 630-780 370 14 192-232
mm R a) Rp 0.2a) A% HB R HB
5 b) 10 740-980 570 5 224-295
10 16 690-930 470 6 210-278
16 40 640-880 400 7 198-263 590-760 175-225
40 63 610-850 380 8 183-253 580-730 172-216
63 100 580-820 340 8 172-246 560-710 166-211
5 b) 10 850-1000 595 8 253-298
10 16 800-950 560 9 240-286
16 40 650-800 430 13 200-240 700-850 490 10 213-253
40 63 630-780 370 14 192-232 700-850 490 11 213-253
63 100 630-780 370 14 192-232 650-850 455 11 200-253
46S20 45S20 45MF4 1146
Technical card
46SPb20
Quality 46SPb20
max max
0.42-0.50 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.06 0.15-0.25 0.15-0.35
0.03 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.008 0.03 + 0.03 0.02
Temperature C
1230-950 680
air
860 840 860 oil or 540-680 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
5 10 590-800 175-240 700-850 490 12 213-253
10 16 590-780 175-232 700-850 490 12 213-253
16 40 590-760 175-225 650-800 430 13 200-240
40 63 580-730 172-216 630-780 370 14 192-232
63 100 560-710 166-211 630-780 370 14 192-232
5 b) 10 740-980 570 5 224-295
10 16 690-930 470 6 210-278
16 40 640-880 400 7 198-263 590-760 175-225
40 63 610-850 380 8 183-253 580-730 172-216
63 100 580-820 340 8 172-246 560-710 166-211
5 b) 10 850-1000 595 8 253-298
10 16 800-950 560 9 240-286
16 40 650-800 430 13 200-240 700-850 490 10 213-253
40 63 630-780 370 14 192-232 700-850 490 11 213-253
63 100 630-780 370 14 192-232 650-850 455 11 200-253
46SPb20 45SPb20 46SPb20 41L50
CASE-HARDENING STEELS
C10E C15E C16E XC18 16MnCr5 20MnCr5 17NiCrMo6-4

18NiCrMo5 20NiCrMo2-2 16NiCr4 16NiCr11 16NiCrMo12
C10E Part two Case-hardening steels 31
Quality C10E Technical card

C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni%
max max max
0,07-0,13 0,40 0,30-0,60 0,035 0,035
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
C 10R n 1.1207 S% 0.020-0.040 Deviations on the product 0.005
C10 n 1.0301 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Carbonitriding Carburizing Hardening Stress
hardening carb. surface relieving
1150-850 920 880-920 750-930 900-950 780-820 150
air water gas water 200
Soft Isothermal Natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing test welding after welding
660-700 930 furnace Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to carburizing
650 after, air 100 Slow cooling
(HB max 131) (HB 100-150) (HB max 150) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
725 880 480* 220**
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min
11 540-930 345 12 35 158-278
30* 390-640 245 15 35 114-198
* The values of 30 are for information only.
32 Part two Case-hardening steels
C10R 1.1207 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH
mm R a) Rp 0.2 a) A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
5 b) 10 460-760 350 8 139-226
10 16 430-730 300 9 128-224
16 40 400-700 250 10 119-213 310-550 92-163
40 63 350-640 200 12 103-198 310-550 92-163
63 100 320-580 180 12 92-172 310-550 92-163
size Soft annealing +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C

mm Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled, Ground +SL Cold-drawn
from to HB max HB max
5 b) 10 225
10 16 216
16 40 131 207
40 63 131 190
63 100 131 172
a)
for flats and special sections the yield point can be 10% and tensile strength can be 10%
a)
for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
a)
values valid also for +C +SL
Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only.

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kv L HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min for inform.
11 540-930 345 12 35 158-278
11 25 440-685 275 14 40 132-209
25 40 390-590 245 16 40 114-176
Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving
L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial
Jominy test HRC

distance in mm from quenched end
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min No indications are shown in
max the reference standards
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal Mod. of elasticity longitudinal Mod. of elasticity tangential
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 conductivity W/(mK) E N/mm2 a +20 C G N/mm2 a +20 C
450 7.86 65 200000 76760
Specific electric resist. Conductivity Thermal expansion [(m/mK) 106 C1]

ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2 100 C 200 C
0.11 9.09 11.0 11.8
C10E C10 10 Ck10 XC10 045M10 10 1010
Part two Case-hardening steels 33
C10E
Heat Temperature (+ ...C) - min. values Fatigue behaviour
treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 600
+U 276 Cyclic yield strength, y
+N 245 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+U 0.10 Cyclic strength exponent, n
+N 0.14 low cycle fatigue
+U 505 Cyclic strength coefficient, K
+U 1245 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+U 0.14 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+U 14.08 Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf
+U 0.84 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
+U natural
+N normalized
C% Depth diagram
Carburizing at 930 C for 3 h in salt bath
1,00
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
% carbon
0,50
0,40
0,30
0,20
0,10
0,00
mm 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,09 0,10 0,11 0,12 0,13
effective depth of case-hardened layer


C15E

max max max
0.12-0.18 0.40 0.30-0.60 0.035 0.035
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
C 15R n 1.1140 S% 0.020-0.040 Deviations on the product 0.005.
C15Pb Pb = 0.15-0.35
Temperature C
1150-850 890-920 880-920 750-930 900-950 780-820 150
Soft Isothermal Intermediate Natural Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing welding after welding
690 930 furnace 650-700 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to air carburizing
(HB max 143) (HB 115-145) (HB 170) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
725 880 460* 220**
11 740-1180 440 9 22.5 224-354
30* 540-780 295 13 30 158-232
* The values of 30 are for information only.
Tensile strength after hardening and tempering at +200C Lucefin experience

mm d 16 16 d 40
R N/mm2 min 800 600

treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 600
+A 249 Cyclic yield strength, y
+A 0.19 Cyclic strength exponent, n
+N 0.18 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+A 824 Cyclic strength coefficient, K
+A 807 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+A 0.12 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+A 0.42 Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf
+A 0.53 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
+N 170 Fatigue limit N/mm2 high cycle fatigue
+A annealed +N normalized

5 b) 10 800-800 380 7 152-240
10 16 480-780 340 8 146-232
16 40 430-730 280 9 128-224 330-600 98-178
40 63 380-670 240 11 110-203 330-600 98-178
63 100 340-600 215 12 100-178 330-600 98-178
size Soft annealing Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C

mm Ground +SL Cold-drawn
5 b) 10 238
10 16 231
16 40 143 216
40 63 143 198
63 100 143 178
a)
b)
c)
Forged UNI 8550: 1984 Reference only.

from to N/v N/mm2 min min min min J min J min for inform.
11 735-1180 440 19 22.5 224-354
11 25 540-785 345 11 30 158-234
25 40 490-735 295 14 35 149-224
Jominy test HRC for information only

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
min 39 35 31 27 25 22 20
max 45 42 35 33 32 28 26 24
Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Thermal expansion

Testing at C E long. G tang. < 250 mm 250-500 [(m/mK) 106 C1]
20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 13.9
600 14.1
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal Specific electric Conductivity

J/(kgK) kg/dm3 conductivity W/(mK) resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 58 0.11 9.09
C15E C15 15 Ck15 XC12 15 1015
C16E 36 Part two Case-hardening steels

max max max
0.12-0.18 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.035 0.035
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
C 16R n 1.1208 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005.
C16Pb Pb = 0.15-0.35
Temperature C
1150-850 890-920 880-920 740-930 900-950 780-820 150
Soft Isothermal Intermediate Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
650-700 910 furnace Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
(HB max 156) (HB 120-148) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
725 850 450* 230**
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving
UNI 5331: 1964. Reference only.
test blanks R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
25 700-1100 450 7 44 213-331

5 b) 10 520-820 400 7 154-247
10 16 500-800 360 8 152-240
16 40 450-750 300 9 135-228 350-620 105-184
40 63 400-690 260 11 119-210 350-620 105-184
63 100 360-620 235 12 106-210 350-620 105-184
size Soft annealing Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C

mm Ground +SL Cold-drawn
5 b) 10 242
10 16 238
16 40 156 222
40 63 156 204
63 100 156 184
a)
b)
c)
Forged properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening + stress relieving UNI 5331: 1964. Reference only.
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min for inform.
25 700-1100 450 7 44 213-331
Jominy test HRC

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min No indications are shown
max in the reference standards

20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 13.9
600 14.1

460 7.85 58 0.11 9.09
C16E C15 XC18 080M15 1015
Technical card
XC18
Quality XC18
According to standards NF A 35-551: 1986 Trafilix
Number Lucefin Group
max max
0.16-0.22 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 0.035 0.035
0.01 + 0.02 0.03 + 0.005 + 0.005
Can be supplied with the addition of sulphur S = 0.020-0.040%
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.25% XC 18 Pb
Temperature C
1150-850 875-900 870-910 750-930 880-930 770-810 150
Soft Isothermal Intermediate Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
700 880 furnace Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
(HB max 160) 650 after, air 100 Slow cooling
Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
730 845 440 220
Hot-rolled mechanical properties, normalized condition NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only.
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 410-490 255 28 45 122-149
16 40 400-490 245 27 45 119-149
40 100 390-490 225 26 42.5 114-149
100 160 380-480 215 25 40 110-146
160 250 370-480 205 24 40 108-146
Hot-rolled mechanical properties, quenched and tempered condition after carburizing NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only.
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min reference only
16 880-1270 600 8 20 263-373
16 40 690-1030 480 12 30 210-311
XC18 Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn + C 070M20 BS 970 pt.3:1991. Reference only. Values are valid also for +C +SL
mm R Re A% HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min
6 13 560 420 10 162
13 16 530 390 12 156
16 40 490 340 12 149
40 63 480 290 13 146
63 76 450 280 14 135
Forged normalized +N NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only.

100 160 380-480 215 25 40 110-146
160 250 370-480 205 24 40 108-146
Forged quenched and tempered after carburizing NF A 35-551: 1986. Reference only.
16 880-1270 600 8 20 263-373
16 40 690-1030 480 12 30 210-311
L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks
Jominy test HRC

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 13.9
600 14.1

460 7.85 58 0.11 9.09
C16E C20 Ck22 XC18 070M20 1016
16MnCr5 40 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 16MnCr5 Technical card

max max max
0.14-0.19 0.40 1.00-1.30 0.025 0.035 0.80-1.10
0.02 + 0.03 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05
16MnCrS5 n 1.7139 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35%
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request
Temperature C
1150-850 880 860-900 750-930 900-950 810-840 oil, 150
air oil, polymer, gas polymer, salt 200
(HB 138-187) salt bath bath (160-250 C)
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing +A annealing test welding after welding
750-770 slowly 870 furnace 730-750 furnace 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
15 C/h cooling to cooling 50 C/h to water carburizing
until 680 pause 650 after, air 680 pause 150-350 600 furnace cooling
after slowly 400, cooling to 400 Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
pause, after, air after, air ** carb. surface
(HB max 207) (HB 156-207) (HB 140-187) 740 840 400* 200**
Transformation annealing +FP As-rolled Stress relieving
950-1000 quick cooling to 630-650 holding about 3 h 600-620
after, air (HB140-187) (HB max 230)
11 1030-1370 735 8 25 311-394
30* 740-1030 490 9 25 224-311
63* 640-930 440 10 25 198-278
* The values of 30 and 63 are for information only.
Hot-rolled condition untreated Lucefin experience

size R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min max
from 10 to 100 560-720 350 15 25 207
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 870 C in oil
HB 390 385 385 385 385 381 376 362 348 319 286 240 213 200
HRC 42 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 41 40.5 39 37.5 34 30 22.5
R N/mm2 1340 1335 1330 1330 1320 1300 1260 1210 1150 1050 950 800 700 650
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1020 1060 1110 1140 1145 1140 1110 1070 1010 930 830 710 620 560
A % 12.0 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.0 12.0 12.5 13.0 14.0 15.5 17.5 20.0 23.0 25.5
C % 52.0 52.0 53.0 54.0 55.0 57.0 59.0 61.0 63.0 64.0 68.0 72.0 75.0
Kv J 42 46 46 45 42 40 42 62 90 124 135 155 180 194
HRC carburized 64 63 62 60.5 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
16MnCrS5 1.7139 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

size Soft Soft Heat treatment for +FP +SH Heat treatment for +FP +C
mm annealing +A +SH, +SL annealing +A +C pearlite-ferrite structure pearlite-ferrite structure
Peeled-Reeled, Ground Cold-drawn Peeled-Reeled, Ground Cold-drawn
from to HB max HB max HB HB
5 a) 10 260
10 16 250
16 40 207 245 140-187 140-240
40 63 207 240 140-187 140-235
63 100 207 240 140-187 140-235
a)
for thickness below 5 mm, hardness test, can be agreed upon before order placement

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kcu T Kv L HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min J min for inform.
11 1030-1375 735 8 25 311-395
11 25 785-1080 540 9 30 234-327
25 50 685-930 490 10 30 209-278
EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size G 5 min. H = normal

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 39 36 31 28 24 21
max 47 46 44 41 39 37 35 33 31 30 29 28 27

20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 13.9
600

460 7.85 41 0.16 6.25
16MnCr5 16MnCr5 15CrMn 16MnCr5 16MC 16HG 5115
20MnCr5 42 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 20MnCr5 Technical card

max max max
0.17-0.22 0.40 1.10-1.40 0.025 0.035 1.00-1.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 + 0.05
20MnCrS5 n 1.7149 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Temperature C
1150-850 860-880 860-900 750-930 880-930 810-840 150
air oil, polymer, gas oil, polymer 200
(HB 140-201) salt bath salt bath
annealing +A annealing test welding after welding
750-770 slowly. 860 furnace 720-740 furnace 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
15 C/h to cooling to water carburizing
until 680 pause 650 after, air 680 pause 150-350 600 furnace cooling
after slowly 400 cooling to 300 Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
pause after air after, air ** carb. surface
(HB max 217) (HB 170-217) (HB 152-201) 730 830 390* 200**
Transformation annealing +FP As-rolled Stress relieving

950-1000 quick cooling to 620-650 holding about 3 h 600-620
after, air (HB 152-201) (HB max 295)
11 1230-1570 930 7 17.5 363-438
30* 930-1230 690 8 20 278-363
63* 780-1080 540 9 25 232-327
HB 426 426 421 421 415 409 395 381 362 336 294 261 240 224
HRC 45.5 45.5 45 45 44.5 44 42.5 41 39 36 31 26.5 22.5
R N/mm2 1500 1500 1490 1480 1460 1430 1370 1300 1210 1100 980 875 795 740
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 1140 1190 1230 1240 1240 1220 1180 1090 960 850 750 670 600
A % 11.5 11.9 12.0 12.0 11.9 11.8 11.9 12.2 12.8 14.0 16.0 18.8 21.8 23.2
C % 48 49 50 52 53 55 56 58 60 62 64 67 70 72
Kv J 38 40 40 40 38 38 32 34 75 75 100 128 145 155
HRC carburized 64.5 64 63 60.5 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
20MnCrS5 1.7149 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

5 a) 10 270
10 16 260
16 40 217 255 152-201 152-250
40 63 217 250 152-201 152-245
63 100 217 250 152-201 152-245
a)

from to N/mm2mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min J min for inform.
11 1225-1570 930 7 17.5 361-438
11 25 930-1225 685 8 20 278-361
25 50 785-1080 540 9 25 234-327
EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 41 39 36 33 30 28 26 25 23 21
max 49 49 48 46 43 42 41 39 37 35 34 33 32

20 210000 80000
100 205000 78000 11.1
200 195000 75000 12.1
300 12.9
400 175000 67000 13.5
500 14.1
600 155000 59000

460 7.85 41 0.16 6.25
20MnCr5 20MnCr5 20CrMn 20MnCr5 20MC5 20HG 5120
17NiCrMo6-4 44 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 17NiCrMo6-4 Technical card

max max max
0.14-0.20 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.80-1.10 0.15-0.25 1.20-1.50
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
17NiCrMoS6-4 n 1.6569 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% or sulphur (S) max 0.10%
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Core Hardening Stress Intermediate Carburizing
hardening carb. surface relieving annealing
1100-900 880 830-870 780-820 150 650-700 880-980
air oil, polymer oil, polymer 180 air
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Annealing Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +FP welding after welding
700 850 furnace 900-1000 880 Welding must be made on the annealed part
air cooling to water and before carburizing
650 after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 229) (HB 179-229) (HB 149-201) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
730 815 360* 180**
Mechanical properties for Hot forming according to standards Stalschlssel 2007
after hardening 850C oil + stress relieving 200C
mm R min Rp 0.2 A% Kcu HB Lucefin experience
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min min Quenching 850C oil Tempering 200C air
16 1200 359 dim. R Rp 0.2 A Kv +20 C
16 40 1000 298 mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % J
40 100 900 271 60 1248 942 13.6 64-52-52
17NiCrMoS6-4 1.6569 EN 10277-4: 2008

mm annealing +A +SH, +SL annealing +A +C perlite-ferrite structure perlite-ferrite structure
5 a) 10 275
10 16 265
16 40 229 260 149-201 149-250
40 63 229 255 149-201 149-245
63 100 229 255 149-201 149-245
a)
17NiCrMo6-4
EN 10084: 2008 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min.
mm 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 grades
min 40 40 37 34 30 28 27 26 24 23 22 21 H = normal
max 48 48 47 46 45 44 42 41 38 36 35 34 33
min 43 43 40 38 35 33 32 31 29 27 26 25 24 HH = restricted
max 48 48 47 46 45 44 42 41 38 36 35 34 33 scatter bands
min 40 40 37 34 30 28 27 26 24 23 22 21 HL = restricted
max 45 45 44 42 40 39 37 36 33 32 31 30 29 scatter bands
17NiCrMo6-4 17NiCrMo6-4 17HGN1M
18NiCrMo5 46 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 18NiCrMo5 Technical card

According to standards UNI 7846: 1978 Trafilix
max max
0.15-0.21 0.15-0.40 0.60-0.90 0.035 0.035 0.70-1.00 0.15-0.25 1.20-1.50
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% or sulphur (S) 0.020-0.035%
Temperature C
1100-900 880 840-870 880-930 800-830 150-180
air oil, polymer oil, polymer
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Annealing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +FP test welding after welding
700 slowly 850 furnace 950-1000 850 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
15 C/h until 600 cooling to quick cooling water carburizing
after, air 650 after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
** carb. surface
730 815 360* 180**
11 1230-1520 980 8 30 363-432
30* 980-1270 735 9 32.5 295-373
63* 830-1130 635 10 35 249-339
HB 415 415 415 409 404 395 381 362 344 327 301 271 237 218
HRC 44.5 44.5 44.5 44 43.5 42.5 41 39 37 35 32 28 22
R N/mm2 1460 1460 1450 1430 1400 1360 1300 1230 1150 1080 1000 900 790 710
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1070 1120 1170 1210 1210 1190 1150 1100 1040 960 860 790 700 610
A % 13.5 13.6 13.5 13.2 13.0 12.8 12.8 12.9 13.8 15.0 17.0 19.5 22.0 24.0
C % 57.0 58.0 59.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 61.0 63.0 65.0 68.0 72.0 74.0
Kv J 64 64 62 62 64 46 46 46 75 94 125 148 166 180
HRC carburized 64 63.5 62 60 59 56
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
18NiCrMo5 Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn + C 815M17 BS 970-3: 1991
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min J min min
19 1080 8 22 327
Testing after quenching, case hardened layer. Quenching 830C oil tempering 200C air

11 1225-1520 980 8 30 361-432
11 25 1030-1325 785 9 32.5 311-384
25 40 930-1230 735 9 32.5 278-363
40 100 785-1080 590 10 35 234-327
UNI 7846: 1978 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min.

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 39 38 36 34 31 29 27 25.5 23 21 20.5 20
max 49 48.5 48 46.5 45 43.5 41 40 37 35.5 34.5 33.5 33 32.5 32

20 210000 80000

460 7.85 41 0.16 6.25
17NiCrMo6-4 18NiCrMo5 18NCD6 815M17 19HNM 4317
20NiCrMo2-2 48 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 20NiCrMo2-2 Technical card

max max max
0,17-0,23 0,40 0,65-0,95 0,025 0,035 0,35-0,70 0,15-0,25 0,40-0,70
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
20NiCrMoS2-2 n 1.6526 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Natural state Normalizing Core Carburizing Hardening Stress
1100-900 (HB max 230) 860-880 850-880 880-930 800-830 150
air oil, polymer oil, polymer 200
salt bath salt bath
Soft Isothermal Annealing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +FP test welding after welding
700 furnace cooling 850 furnace 950-1000 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part
10 C/h until 600 cooling to 650 quick cooling water and before carburizing
after, air after, air 150-350 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 212) (HB 161-212) (HB 149-194) Ac1 Ac3 Ms *core
** carb. surface
735 820 380* 200**
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks
after core hardening UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
11 1180-1570 930 7 27.5 354-438
30* 830-1130 590 10 30 249-339
63* 690-980 490 11 30 210-295
HB 415 409 409 404 390 385 376 357 344 319 294 264 240 213
HRC 44.5 44 44 43.5 42 41.5 40.5 38.5 37 34 31 27 22.5
R N/mm2 1440 1430 1425 1410 1340 1335 1270 1200 1140 1050 975 885 800 700
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 1110 1160 1180 1180 1170 1135 1080 1025 950 870 785 700 600
A % 11.2 11.8 12.0 12.0 11.8 11.2 11.4 12.0 13.5 15.2 17.0 19.0 22.0 24.5
C % 51 52 53 54 55 56 60 61 62 63 65 67 72 74
Kv J 46 46 46 46 45 46 64 62 86 100 126 146 170 194
HRC carburized 64 63.5 62 60.5 59 57.5
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Effective depth of case-hardened layer

Depth mm 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.65
HRC 50
Time of case-hardening h 1 2 3 4 6 8
20NiCrMoS2-2 1.6526 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

size Soft Soft Heat treatment for+FP +SH Heat treatment for +FP +C
5 a) 10 270
10 16 260
16 40 212 255 149-194 149-240
40 63 212 255 149-194 149-235
63 100 212 255 149-194 149-235
a)
for thickness below 5 mm, hardness can be agreed upon before order placement
Forged 20NiCrMo2 UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only.

11 1175-1570 930 9 27.5 352-438
11 25 885-1225 640 10 30 265-361
25 40 785-1080 590 10 30 234-327
40 60 685-980 490 11 32 209-295

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 41 37 31 25 22 20
max 49 48 45 42 36 33 31 30 27 25 24 24 23
Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Thermal expansion Density

Testing at C E long. G tang. < 250 mm 250-500 [(m/mK) 106 C1] kg/dm3
20 210000 80000 7.86
20NiCrMo2-2 20NiCrMo2 20CrNiMo 21NiCrMo2 20NCD2 805M20 20HGNM 8620 appr.
Transformation diagram for isothermal cooling - time - temperature

850
Af
austenite
750
As
HB 160
650
austenite + ferrite ferrite + carbides
austenite + ferrite + carbides

500
50%
temperature C
400
Ms
M 50
M 90
300
time [s] 1 10 10 2 103 104 105 106
16NiCr4 50 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 16NiCr4 Technical card

max max max
0.13-0.19 0.40 0.70-1.00 0.025 0.035 0.60-1.00 0.80-1.10
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.05
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) 0.15-0.35% 16NiCrS4 n 1.5715 sulphur (S) 0.020-0.040%
Calcium (Ca) treatment may be supplied on request. Copper (Cu) max 0.40%
Temperature C
1150-900 870 840-880 750-930 870-950 810-840 150
air oil, polymer gas oil, polymer 200
salt bath salt bath
700 860 furnace 870 Welding must be made on the annealed part and before
air cooling to water carburizing
650 after, air 250 550 furnace cooling
(HB max 217) (HB 166-217) (HB 156-207) Ac1 Ac3 Ms * core
** carb. surface
735 825 380* 180**
11 1080-1470 835 9 30 327-417
30 830-1130 590 10 32.5 249-339 reference only
HB 400 395 395 395 390 381 371 353 336 301 271 240 224 210
HRC 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42 41 40 38 36 32 28 22.5
R N/mm2 1380 1370 1370 1360 1340 1310 1250 1180 1100 1010 900 800 730 690
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1020 1070 1100 1200 1200 1100 1070 1020 940 850 770 690 620 520
A % 13.0 13.0 13.2 13.2 13.4 13.6 13.8 14.2 15.5 17.0 19.2 22.0 24.0 25.0
C % 55 58 59 60 62 63 63 63 64 65 67 70 73 74
Kv J 66 66 66 64 64 46 45 46 75 110 135 170 196
HRC carburized 64 63 62 60 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
16NiCrS4 1.5715 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

size Soft Soft Heat treatment for +FP +SH +SL Heat treatment for +FP +C
5 a) 10 270
10 16 260
16 40 217 255 156-207 156-245
40 63 217 255 156-207 156-240
63 100 217 255 156-207 156-240
a)
for thickness below 5 mm, hardness can be agreed upon before order placement

11 1080-1470 835 9 30 327-417
11 25 880-1195 640 10 32.5 263-356
25 40 785-1080 590 10 32.5 234-327
40 60 735-980 540 11 32.5 224-295
Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening and stress relieving

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 39 36 33 29 27 25 23 22 20
max 47 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 29 28 28

20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 14.1
600

460 7.85 38 0.18 5.56
16NiCr4 16CrNi4 15CrNi6 16NC4 637M17 16HGN 3215 appr.
16NiCr11 52 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 16NiCr11 Technical card

max max max
0.12-0.18 0.35 0.30-0.60 0.035 0.035 0.60-0.90 2.50-3.00
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.07
Temperature C
1100-900 850 830-860 880-900 790-820 150
salt bath salt bath
furnace cooling to water carburizing
**carb. surface
715 790 360* 170**
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening UNI 5331
test blanks N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform.
25 1127-1422 882 9 30 339-409
Quenching at 850-870 C in oil. Tempering at 150-180 C
HB 400 395 395 395 390 381 371 353 336 301 271 240 224 224
HRC 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42 41 40 38 36 32 28 22.5
R N/mm2 1380 1375 1370 1365 1340 1310 1250 1180 1100 1000 900 800 740 730
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1000 1050 1100 1130 1130 1120 1080 1040 960 870 780 690 640 600
A % 14.2 13.8 13.6 13.4 13.4 13.6 13.8 14.2 15.8 17.2 20.0 24.0 25.5 25.0
C % 60 60 60 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 68 70 73 72
Kv J 75 75 75 68 66 54 46 45 64 82 126 155 194 186
HRC carburized 63.5 63 61.5 59 58 56
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
16NiCr11
Cold-drawn Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled
No indications are shown No indications are shown
in the reference standards in the reference standards

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kcu T HRC HB
11 1130-1420 880 9 30 36.5-44 339-406
11 25 1030-1280 785 10 35 33-40.5 311-375
25 40 930-1180 735 11 35 29-38 278-354
40 100 835-980 640 11 35 24.5-31 250-295

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 39 36.5 34 32 30 28.5 27 26 23.5 21.5 19.5 18 17.5 16.5 16
max 48 46.5 44.5 43 41.5 40 39 37.5 35 32.5 31 29.5 28.5 28 27.5
Temperature Mod. of elasticity Thermal expansion Variation of mechanical properties according to the
N/mm2 [(m/mK) 106 C1] thickness of quenched and tempered bars. Test at 1/2
radius. Trafilix experience
Testing at C E long. G tang. thickness R Rp 0.2 A
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 %
20 210000 80000 10 1330 930 15.8
100 205000 78000 11.1 20 1175 830 16.0
200 195000 75000 12.1 30 1135 715 16.4
300 185000 71000 12.9 40 960 645 16.6
400 50 900 590 16.8
500 165000 63000 14.1 60 860 570 17.5
70 840 550 18.8
80 830 540 19.6
90 820 535 20.0
100 810 520 21.4
16NiCr12 16NiCr11 12CrNi3 14NiCr10 16NC11 3415
16NiCrMo12 54 Part two Case-hardening steels
Quality 16NiCrMo12 Technical card

max max
0.13-0.19 0.15-0.40 0.40-0.70 0.035 0.035 0.80-1.10 0.30-0.40 2.70-3.20
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07
Temperature C
1100-900 840 820-850 870-900 780-810 150
salt bath salt bath
furnace cooling to water carburizing
** carb. surface
710 780 330* 150**
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks after core hardening UNI 7846: 1978. Reference only.
11 1230-1520 980 9 32.5 363-432
30* 1080-1370 785 10 35 327-394
63* 980-1270 735 10 42.5 295-373
HB 426 421 421 415 409 404 385 381 357 327 301 271 250
HRC 45.5 45 45 44.5 44 43.5 42.5 41 38.5 35 32 28 24.5
R N/mm2 1490 1480 1470 1460 1440 1420 1360 1300 1200 1090 1000 910 840
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1300 1320 1330 1320 1300 1260 1200 1140 1050 960 830 720
A % 12.0 12.0 11.8 11.2 10.4 10.0 10.6 11.5 12.8 14.6 16.8 20.0 21.8
C % 50 52 55 55 56 56 56 56 57 59 63 67 69
Kv J 42 43 46 66 66 46 42 42 46 76 100 128 126
HRC carburized 65 64.5 64 62 59 57
layer
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700


mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kcu T HRC HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min reference only
11 1225-1520 980 8 32.5 39-46 361-432
11 25 1130-1500 835 9 35 36.5-45.5 339-426
25 40 1030-1325 735 10 37 33-41.5 311-384
40 100 930-1275 685 10 40 29-40 278-373
100 150 835-1130 635 11 40 24.5-36.5 250-339

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 42 41.5 41 40.5 40 39 38.5 38 36.5 35.5 34 33 32 31 30
max 48 48 48 47.5 47.5 47 47 46.5 45.5 44.5 44 43 42 41.5 41

20 210000 80000
14NiCrMo13-4 16NiCrMo12 16NCD13 16HN3M 9314
NITRIDING STEELS
34CrAlNi7-10 41CrAlMo7-10
Part two Nitriding steels 57
Technical card
34CrAlNi7-10
Quality 34CrAlNi7-10
According to standards UNI EN 10085: 2003 Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Al% Ni%
max max max max
0,30-0,37 0,40 0,40-0,70 0,025 0,035 1,50-1,80 0,15-0,25 0,80-1,20 0,85-1,15
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.10 0.05
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching Tempering Nitrocarburizing Final stress
after machining relieving
1050-850 550-580 850-890 570-660 570-580 50 under the
air oil or polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Nitriding Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
650-700 500-520 900 300 550 furnace cooling
air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 730 775 340 125
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition UNI EN 10085: 2003
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv HB Surface hardness in
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min for information quenched and tempered
16 40 900-1100 680 10 30 271-331 and nitrided condition HV 1
40 100 850-1050 650 12 30 253-319
100 160 800-1000 600 13 35 240-298 950
160 250 800-1000 600 13 35 240-298
HB 534 534 525 518 504 489 468 448 432 404 376 327 294 271
HRC 53.5 53.5 53 52.5 51.5 50.5 49 47.5 46 43.5 40.5 35 31 28
R N/mm2 1970 1970 1950 1900 1850 1800 1710 1620 1520 1400 1280 1090 980 900
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1440 1450 1520 1570 1550 1500 1440 1390 1300 1210 1100 970 820 700
A % 9.8 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.4 11.2 13.6 15.5 18.4
C % 38 40 43 43 42 40 39 40 43 45 50 57 63
Kcu J 12 14 14 12 11 9 8 7 9 12 20 32 52 78
Kv J 8 11 11 8 7 6 5 4 6 8 17 38 84 152
DVM J 18 24 24 18 16 15 14 13 15 18 33 55 88 132
Test tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
High-temperature strength
R N/mm2 840 780 760 790 700 580 350
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 620 590 580 560 480 410 220
A % 22 22 22 22 24 26 28
C % 68 70 68 64 76 80 88
Kv J 140 150 165 175 150 125 80
Test temperature C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
58 Part two Nitriding steels
34CrAlNi7-10 Technical card Trafilix

Forged quenched and tempered DIN 17211: 1987. Reference only.

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kv L DVM L HB
100 850-1050 650 12 30 35 253-319
100 250 800-1000 600 13 35 40 240-298
Jominy test HRC 34CrAlNi7 UNI 8552. Reference only.

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 48.5 48 47.5 46.5 45.5 44.5 43.5 43 39 37 34.5 33 32 31.5 31
max 59.5 59 58 57 56.5 56 55.5 55 54 52 50.5 48.5 47 46 45
Temperature Mod. of elasticity Rp 0.2 R A Kv Thermal expansion

N/mm2 heat treatment on a round bar 15 mm dia.
Testing at C E long. G tang. N/mm2 N/mm2 % J [(m/mK) 106 C1]
20 210000 80000 680 800 20 150 9.1
100 205000 79000 600 780 20 155 11.1
200 590 780 20 165 12.1
300 185000 71000 580 780 20 175 12.9
400 500 700 22 155 13.5
500 165000 63000 400 590 25 125 13.9
600 155000 59000 220 360 30 100

460 7.85 35 0.31 3.22
34CrAlNi7-10 34CrAlNi7 24H2NMJu K52440
C Iron-Nitrogen equilibrium diagram

907 C While operating in never-ending flow conditions the
900 gaseous ammoniac, at a temperature higher than 480
C, releases nitrogen and hydrogen which are absor-
800

bed and diffused in the sub-superficial steel layer.
+ ,
The nascent nitrogen reacts with the steel elements
+ 780 C
700 and creates very hard but very fragile nitrides.
650 C
+ 2,8 The lack of alloy elements in the carbon steel leads to
+ ,
4,5 (Fe2-3N)
600 509 C the creation of lonely iron nitrides that gives the steel a
0,10% 2,35 big fragility. In order to prevent this inconvenience it is
500 better to use steels containing Al, V, Cr, Mo that are
+ , + , more similar to nitrogen than to iron.
,
(magnetic structure)
400
Fe4N The highest advised temperature for the nitriding is
580 C avoiding the eutectoid of 590 C.
N% 2 4 6 8 10 Fe4 N = micro-crystals of ferrite and nitrides
Diagram taken from: Technical report University of Missouri Rolla by Van L. Richards. Fe2-3 N = nitrides behaving like a barrier against
The same diagram is placed on Metal quality.it the diffusion of nitrose.
Part two Nitriding steels 59
Technical card
41CrAlMo7-10
Quality 41CrAlMo7-10
According to standards UNI EN 10085: 2003 Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Al%
max max max
0.38-0.45 0.40 0.40-0.70 0.025 0.035 1.50-1.80 0.20-0.35 0.80-1.20
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.10
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching Tempering Nitrocarburizing Final stress
after machining relieving
1050-950 550-570 870-930 580-700 570-580 50 under the
air oil or polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Nitriding Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
650-750 480-570 900 300 550 furnace cooling
air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 790 920 320 100
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition UNI EN 10085: 2003
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB Surface hardness in
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform. quenched and tempered and
16 40 950-1150 750 11 25 286-347 nitrided condition HV 1
40 100 900-1100 720 13 25 271-331
100 160 850-1050 670 14 30 253-319 950
160 250 800-1000 625 15 30 240-298
HB 568 560 550 525 518 496 475 455 432 400 376 336 294 253
HRC 55.5 55 54.5 53 52.5 51 49.5 48 46 43 40.5 36 31 25
R N/mm2 2100 2060 2030 1950 1900 1820 1740 1630 1530 1400 1280 1110 980 850
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1300 1350 1480 1520 1510 1490 1450 1380 1300 1190 1080 940 800 700
A % 7.5 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.2 9.0 10.5 12.0 14.2 17.5 19.5
C % 28 28 35 38 39 39 38 37 39 44 51 56 60 64
Kv J 28 38 46 64 64 64 64 54 64 80 96 116 126 132
Test tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
High-temperature strength
R N/mm2 1010 960 900 880 830 700 500
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 860 800 740 700 620 580 300
A % 18 16 14 14 20 26 48
C % 58 58 52 56 74 80 90
Kv J 76 78 110 110 118 110 80
Test temperature C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Thermal expansion
[(m/mK)106 C1] 11.1 12.1 12.9 135 13.9
Test temperature C 20 200 20 200 20 300 20 400 20 500
60 Part two Nitriding steels
41CrAlMo7-10 Technical card Trafilix

Forged quenched and tempered UNI 8552: 1984. Reference only.

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kcu L Kcu T HB
100 930-1130 735 12 19.5 278-339
100 160 835-980 640 14 22.5 250-295
L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial Mechanical properties obtained from test blanks
Jominy test HRC 41CrAlMo7 UNI 8552

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 53 52 51 50 49 48 47.5 47 44.5 41 39.5 37.5 36 35 33
max 60 60 59.5 59.5 59 59 58.5 58 57 56.5 55 53 51 49 47
Temperature Mod. of elasticity Rp 0.2 R A Kv Hardness HV05 after nitriding

N/mm2 heat treatment cross-section 15 mm dia. to the depth of mm:
Testing at C E long. G tang. N/mm2 N/mm2 % J
20 210000 80000 850 1000 18 85 mm 0.01 0.06 0.12 0.18 0.25
100 800 990 16 90 HV min 950 950 930 850 800
200 750 980 16 110 HV max 1140 1140 1140 1110 1110
300 700 960 17 120
400 620 880 19 122 mm 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1
500 550 750 22 110 HV min 210
600 280 500 38 85 HV max 750 400 350 350 350
41CrAlMo7-10 41CrAlMo7 38CrMoA0 41CrAlMo7 40CAD6.12 905M39 40X2MI-O J24056-E71400
Nitriding Depth
Nitriding depht Hardness profiles
Hardness profiles
0.7 1200
Hardness HV
Nitriding depth HV 400 mm
1100
0.6
1000 41CrAIMo7-10
42CrMo4
41CrAIMo7-10 900
0.5 31CrMoV9
800 31CrMoV9
0.4 700
600
0.3 500
400 42CrMo4
0.2
300
0.1 200
100
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Nitriding time h Distance from surface mm
Nitriding depth 400 HV as function of the nitriding time. Variation of Hardness with distance from surface.
Plasma nitriding 510 C Plasma nitriding 510 C
STEELS FOR QUENCHING AND TEMPERING
C22E C30E C35E XC38H1 C40E C45E C50E C55E C60E

ASTM A 105 ASTM A 350 LF2
41Cr4 34CrMo4 42CrMo4 50CrMo4 39NiCrMo3 34CrNiMo6 40NiCrMo7 30CrNiMo8
36NiCrMo16
62 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Technical card
C22E
Quality C22E
0,17-0,24 0,40 0,40-0,70 0,030 0,035 0,40 0,10 0,40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C22R n 1.1149 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1150-850 890-920 880 900 oil or 550-660 50 under the
air water polymer air temperature of temp.
Soft Isothermal Natural End quench Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing hardenability test welding after welding
700 880 furnace cooling not demanded slow cooling
air to 650 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 170) (HB max 160) (HB max 185) 730 840 440 220
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
thickness Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm mm R Re a) A% C% Kv HB
from to over to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 430 240 24 128
16 100 16 100 410 210 25 122
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
from to from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 500-650 340 20 50 152-200
16 40 8 20 470-620 290 22 50 50 141-190
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
Table of tempering values at room temperature for round 30 mm after quenching at 880 C in water
HB 198 178 172 159 154
R N/mm2 640 600 580 550 510
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 390 370 350 320 300
A % 18 20 20 20 20
Z % 45 50 52 58 60
Tempering at C 450 500 550 600 650
Part two Steels for quenching and tempering 63
C22E Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn +C BS 970 pt.3: 1991 (070M20). Reference only.
Values are valid also for +C+SL
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
6 13 560 420 10 162
13 16 530 390 12 156
16 40 490 340 12 149
40 63 480 290 13 146
63 76 450 280 14 135
Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001

mm R Re a) A% L A% T A% Q Kv L Kv T HB
from to N/mm min 2 N/mm2 min min min min J min J min min
100 410 210 25 122
Jominy test HRC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30

20 210000 80000
100 12.25
200 13.10
300 13.73
400 14.28
500 14.79
600 15.06
700 15.37

treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 600
+QT 279 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+QT 0.13 low cycle fatigue
+U natural +QT quenched and tempered
C22E C20 20 Ck22 XC18 070M20 20 1020
Technical card
C30E
Quality C30E
0.27-0.34 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.035 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C30R n 1.1179 S% 0.020-0.040 0.005%.
Temperature C
relieving
1150-850 880 860 890 oil or 550-660 50 under the
700 880 furnace cooling slow cooling
(HB max 190) (HB max 140-180) (HB max 210) 730 810 400 180
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod properties for normalized condition C30 1.0528 EN 10083-2: 1998. Reference only.
from to from to 2
16 16 510 280 20 154
16 100 16 100 480 250 21 146
100 250 100 250 460 230 21 139
Hot-formed hot-rolled properties for quenched and tempered condition C30 1.0528 EN 10083-2: 1998
Reference only.
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 8 600-750 400 18 40 178-225
16 40 8 20 550-700 350 20 45 159-213
40 63 20 35 500-650 300 21 50 152-200
a) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, the 0.2% proof strength Rp 0.2.
HB 454 441 409 343 263 225
HRC 48 47 44 37 27 20
R N/mm2 1640 1580 1430 1140 880 750
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 600

Cold-drawn +C (080M30) BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only.
Values are valid also for +C+SL
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
6 13 620 460 9 190
13 16 600 450 10 178
16 40 570 400 11 169
40 63 560 345 12 162
63 76 530 320 12 156

100 480 250 21 146
100 250 460 230 21 139
Jominy test HRC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30

E long. G tang. < 250 mm 250-500 [(m/mK) 106 C1]
Testing at +20 C 210000 80000 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
100 200 300 400 500 600 C
C30E C30 30 Ck30 XC32 080M30 30 1030
Technical card
C35E
Quality C35E
0.32-0.39 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
C35R n 1.1180 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%
C35 n 1.0501 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 880 850 880 oil or 540-680 50 under the
700 840 furnace cooling 870 100 slow cooling
air to 650 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 210) (HB 140-195) (HB max 220) 730 795 380 160
from to from to 2
16 16 550 300 18 159
16 100 16 100 520 270 19 155
100 250 100 250 500 245 19 152
16 8 630-780 430 17 40 192-232
16 40 8 20 600-750 380 19 45 35 178-225
40 100 20 60 550-700 320 20 50 35 159-213
HB 467 448 412 343 268 226
HRC 49 47.5 44 37 27.5 20
R N/mm2 1700 1610 1440 1140 890 760
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 600
C35E 1.1181 C35R 1.1180 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn +C c) Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH and +SH +SL
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
5 b) 10 650-1000 510 6 200-298
10 16 600-950 420 7 178-286
16 40 580-880 320 8 172-263 520-700 154-207
40 63 550-840 300 9 159-250 520-700 154-207
63 100 520-800 270 9 155-240 520-700 154-207
c) values valid also for +C +SL
C35E 1.1181 C35R 1.1180 EN 10277-5: 2008

Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +QT +C c) Cold-drawn + bonifica +C +QT and +C +QT +SL
5 b) 10 750-950 525 9 225-286
10 16 700-900 490 9 213-271
16 40 650-850 455 10 200-253 600-750 370 19 178-225
40 63 570-770 400 11 169-231 550-700 320 20 159-213
63 100 550-750 385 12 159-225 550-700 320 20 159-213
c) values valid also for +QT +C +SL

mm R Re c) A% L A% T A% Q Kv L Kv T HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min J min J min min
100 520 270 19 30 155
100 250 500 245 19 15 25 15 152
250 500 480 220 19 15 20 12 146
500 1000 470 210 18 14 17 12 141
Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-2: 2001

mm mm R Re c) A% L A% T A% Q Kv L Kv T HB
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min J min J min min
100 70 550 320 20 35 159
100 250 70 160 490 290 22 15 31 20 149
250 500 160 330 470 270 21 14 25 16 141
c) Re upper yield strength or, if no yield phenomenon occurs, consider Rp 0.2.
EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25
min 48 40 33 24 22 20
max 58 57 55 53 49 41 34 31 28 27 26 25 24
C35E C35 35 Ck35 XC38H1 080M36 35 1034
C35E
Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Thermal expansion
Testing at C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1]
20 210000 80000
100 205000 78000 11.1
200 195000 74000 12.1
250
300 185000 71000 12.9
350
400 175000 67000 13.5
500 13.9
600 155000 59000 14.1

460 7.85 50 0.12 8.33

treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 600
+N 275 220 185 165 145 Rp 0.2 N/mm2
+N 246 187 100 53 Creep rupture, 10.000 h N/mm2 1)
+N 218 138 70 34 Creep rupture, 100.000 h N/mm2 1)
+QT 328 Cyclic yield strength, y
+QT 0.23 Cyclic strength exponent, n
+QT 1355 Cyclic strength coefficient, K
+QT 1050 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+QT 0.11 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+QT 0.33 Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf
+QT 0.47 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
1) Creep rupture strength
+N normalized
+QT quenched an tempered
Technical card
XC38H1
Quality XC38H1
According to standards NF A 35-552: 1986 Trafilix
max max max max max
0.35-0.40 0.15-0.35 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 0.02 0.03 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr < 0.40% Ni < 0.40% Mo <0.10 Permissible deviations on the product. Cr+Ni+Mo max 0.45%.
XC38Pb H1 Pb% 0.15-0.25 XC38S H1 S% 0.020-0.040 cast analysis 0.020-0.045 product analysis
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 850-875 835-865 880 oil or 550-650 50 C under the
695 830 furnace cooling 850 100 550 furnace cooling
(HB max 192) (HB 149-201) (HB max 230) 730 785 370 150
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition NF A 35-552:1986. Reference only.
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 16 570-670 335 21 30 169-203
16 40 16 40 560-660 315 20 30 162-202
40 100 40 100 540-640 285 20 27.5 158-198
100 160 100 160 520-620 275 19 25 155-190
160 250 160 250 500-600 265 18 25 152-178
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition NF A 35-552:1986. Reference only.
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu HB
16 16 690-830 490 16 25 210-249
16 40 16 40 630-770 400 17 25 192-231
Jominy test HRC grain size 5-8 according to NF A 35-552:1986

mm 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
min 50
max 58
For mechanical properties of Cold-drawn, Peeled-Reeled and Ground products, please refer to the values of quality C35E.
C35E C35 Ck35 XC38H1 080M36 38 1035
Technical card
C40E
Quality C40E
0.37-0.44 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C40 n 1.0511 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 870 840 860 oil or 550-650 50 under the
(HB max 210) (HB 160-210) (HB max 235) 730 780 360 140
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 580 320 16 172
16 100 16 100 550 290 17 159
100 250 100 250 530 260 17 156
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
16 8 650-800 460 16 35 200-240
16 40 8 20 630-780 400 18 40 30 192-232
40 100 20 60 600-750 350 19 45 30 178-225
HB 560 550 525 496 461 426 390 357 319 275 243 213 202
HRC 55 54.5 53 51 48.5 45.5 42 38.5 34 28.5 23
R N/mm2 2070 2050 1950 1820 1670 1500 1350 1200 1050 920 800 700 660
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1600 1650 1640 1590 1500 1380 1240 1100 950 800 700 620 550
A % 6.0 8.4 10.2 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.2 16.0 19.0 24.0 26.2
C % 30 40 47 52 53 54 57 58 63 66 67
Kv J 10 12 14 14 18 24 38 38 45 66 94 124 126
Tempering at C 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/v min min
5 b) 10 700-1000 540 6 213-298
10 16 650-980 460 7 200-295
16 40 620-920 365 8 190-275 550-710 163-211
40 63 590-840 330 9 176-250 550-710 163-211
63 100 550-820 290 9 159-246 550-710 163-211
c) values valid also for +C+SL
C40E 1.1186 C35R 1.1189 EN 10277-5: 2008

Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C c) Cold-drawn + quenching and tempering +C +QT and +C +QT +SL
mm Rp 0.2 A% HB R Rp 0.2 A% HB
5 b) 10 800-1000 560 8 240-298
10 16 750-950 525 8 225-286
16 40 700-900 490 9 213-271 630-780 400 18 192-232
40 63 620-820 435 10 190-246 600-750 350 19 178-225
63 100 600-800 420 11 178-240 600-750 350 19 178-225

100 550 290 17 159
100 250 530 260 17 156

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 51 46 35 27 25 24 23 22 21 20
max 60 60 59 57 53 47 39 34 31 30 29 28 27

20 210000 80000
C40E C40 40 Ck40 XC42H1 080M40 40 1040
Technical card
C45E
Quality C45E
0.42-0.50 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C45R n 1.1201 S% 0.020-0.040. Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
C45 n 1.0503 S% e P% max 0.045. Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 870 840 860 oil or 540-660 50 under the
annealing annealing test welding fter welding
690 cooling 10 C/h 810 furnace cooling 850 250 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air to 660 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 207) (HB 160-216) (~HB 169-245) 735 780 350 120
C45E C45R Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
from to from to 2
16 16 620 340 14 190
16 100 16 100 580 305 16 172
100 250 100 250 560 275 16 162
C45E C45R Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanichal properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
16 8 700-850 490 14 35 213-253
16 40 8 20 650-800 430 16 40 25 200-240
40 100 20 60 630-780 370 17 45 25 192-232
60
A Hardness progression Table of tempering values at room
55 in bars quenched in water temperature for round 10 mm after
50 A = 13 mm quenching at 840 C in water
B B = 25 mm C HB HRC R N/mm2
45
C = 50 mm 100 615 58 2330
40 D = 75 mm 200 597 57 2240
35 E = 100 mm 300 510 52 1880
F = 130 mm 400 401 43 1390
Hardness HRC
30
500 311 33 1030
25
20
hardness check points 600 242 23 810
C
D
E
F

5 b) 10 750-1050 565 5 225-319
10 16 710-1030 500 6 218-311
16 40 650-1000 410 7 200-298 580-820 172-242
40 63 630-900 360 8 192-271 580-820 172-242
63 100 580-850 310 8 172-253 580-820 172-242
C45E 1.1191 C45R 1.1201 EN 10277-5: 2008

5 b) 10 850-1050 595 8 253-319
10 16 810-1010 565 8 243-300
16 40 750-950 525 9 225-286 650-800 430 16 200-240
40 63 650-850 455 10 200-253 630-780 370 17 192-232
63 100 650-850 455 11 200-253 630-780 370 17 192-232
Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) LUCEFIN experience

Cold-drawn + QT Cold-drawn + QT + Cold-drawn
thickness R Rp 0.2 A Kv + 20 C R Rp 0.2 A Kv + 20 C
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % J N/mm2 N/mm2 % J
56 675 429 22.6 60-50-60 704 570 23.6 45-36-58
C45E 1.1191 Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001

mm R Re c) A% A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L min T min Q J min L J min T min
100 580 305 16 172
100 250 560 275 16 12 18 10 162
250 500 540 240 16 12 15 10 158
500 1000 530 230 15 11 12 10 156
C45E 1.1191 Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-2: 2001

mm mm R Re c) A% A% A% Q Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min L min T min Q J min L J min T min
100 70 630 370 17 25 192
100 250 70 160 590 340 18 12 22 15 176
250 500 160 330 540 320 17 11 20 12 158
L = longitudinal T = tangential Q = radial.
C45E C45R EN 10083-2: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 55 51 37 30 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
max 62 61 61 60 57 51 44 37 34 33 32 31 30
C45E C45 45 Ck45 XC48H1 080M46 45 1045

Heat Temperature (+ ...C) min. values Fatigue behaviour
treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 600
+N Yeld stress Rp 0.2 N/mm2
+N 100 70 Creep rupture, 10.000 h N/mm2 1)
+N 55 35 Creep rupture, 100.000 h N/mm2 1)
+SR 336 N/mm2
+N 370 low cycle fatigue
+QT 462
+SR 0.09 low cycle fatigue
+N 0.15
+QT 0.13
+SR 599 N/mm2
+QT 1078
+SR 519 N/mm2
+QT 1405
+N 0.14
+QT 0.11
+N 0.42
+QT 0.61
+N 0.53
+QT 0.55
+N 190 Fatigue strength coefficient, L
+QT 265 N/mm2 hight cycle fatigue
1) Creep rupture strength
+U natural +SR stress relieved +N normalized +QT quenched an tempered
Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Thermal expansion

Hot-rolled Cold-drawn
Testing at C E long. G tang. E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1]
20 210000 80000 190000 73000
100 205000 78000 11.1
200 195000 74000 12.1
300 185000 71000 12.9
400 175000 67000 13.5
500 13.9
600 155000 59000 14.1

460 7.85 50 0.12 8.33
Technical card
C50E
Quality C50E
0.47-0.55 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.02 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 860 830 850 oil or 550-650 50 under the
(HB max 217) (HB 180-226) (HB max 255) 730 765 320 100
from to from to 2
16 16 650 355 13 200
16 100 16 100 610 320 14 183
100 250 100 250 590 290 14 176
16 8 750-900 520 13 30 225-271
16 40 8 20 700-850 460 15 35 213-253
40 100 20 60 650-800 400 16 40 200-240
HB 560 481 409 326 242
HRC 55 50 44 35 23
R N/mm2 2070 1760 1430 1080 810
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 600

5 b) 10 770-1100 590 5 231-331
10 16 730-1080 520 6 224-327
16 40 690-1050 440 7 210-319 610-910 181-269
40 63 650-1030 390 8 200-311 610-910 181-269
63 100 610-910 181-269
C50E 1.1206 C50R 1.1241 EN 10277-5: 2008

5 b) 10 870-1070 610 7 260-323
10 16 830-1030 580 7 249-311
16 40 790-990 555 8 237-297 700-850 460 15 213-253
40 63 730-930 510 9 224-278 650-800 400 16 200-240
63 100 680-880 475 9 208-263 650-800 400 16 200-240
Work-hardness by Cold drawing

R N/mm2 950 1050 1100 1150 1200 1300 1350 1450 1550
Reduction % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

mm R Re c) A% A% A% Q Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB
100 610 320 14 183
100 250 590 290 14 176

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 56 53 44 34 31 30 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 20
max 63 62 61 60 58 55 50 43 36 35 34 33 32 31 29 28

20 210000 80000
C50E C50 50 Ck50 080M50 50 1050
Technical card
C55E
Quality C55E
0.52-0.60 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.03 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C55 n 1.0535 P% - S% max 0.045
Temperature C
relieving
1050-850 825-885 830 850 oil or 550-650 50 under the
680-700 790 furnace cooling 830 250 600 furnace cooling
(HB max 229) (HB max 255) 730 765 300 80
from to from to 2
16 16 680 370 11 208
16 100 16 100 640 330 12 198
100 250 100 250 620 300 12 190
16 8 800-950 550 12 30 240-286
16 40 8 20 750-900 490 14 35 225-271
40 100 20 100 700-850 420 15 40 213-253
HB 286 268 253 240 226 223 162
HRC 28 25 23 22.5 20
R N/mm2 950 890 850 800 760 720 560
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 650 590 530 480 430 400 380
A % 9 11 13 16 18 19 24
C % 28 38 42 45 50 50
Tempering at C 400 450 500 550 600 650 690 (+A)
C55E 1.0535 EN 10277-2: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

5 b) 10 770-1100 590 5 231-331
10 16 730-1080 520 6 224-327
16 40 690-1050 440 7 210-319 610-910 181-269
40 63 650-1030 390 8 200-311 610-910 181-269
63 100 610-910 181-269
C55E 1.1203 Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001

from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min L min T min Q J min L J min T min
100 640 330 12 198
100 250 620 300 12 9 190
250 500 600 260 12 9 178
500 1000 590 250 11 8 176
C55E 1.1203 Forged quenched and tempered EN 10250-2: 2001

mm mm R Re c) A% A% C% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB
from to from to 2
N/mm min N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min L J min T min
100 70 700 420 15 213
100 250 70 160 630 360 17 11 192
250 500 160 330 610 330 16 10 183

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 58 55 47 37 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 22 20
max 65 64 63 62 60 57 52 45 37 36 35 34 33 32 30 29

20 205000 78700 7.85
C55E C55 55 Ck55 XC 55 H1 070M55 1055
Technical card
C60E
Quality C60E
0.57-0.65 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.03 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%.
C60 n 1.0601 P% S% max 0.045
Temperature C
relieving
1050-850 860 830 850 oil or 550-650 50 under the
(HB max 241) (HB 200-244) (HB max 280) 730 760 290 70
from to from to 2
16 16 710 380 10 218
16 100 16 100 670 340 11 203
100 250 100 250 650 310 11 200
16 8 850-1000 580 11 25 253-298
16 40 8 20 800-950 520 13 30 240-290
40 100 20 60 750-900 450 14 35 225-271
HB 697 688 634 560 468 371 264
HRC 62.5 62 59 55 49 40 27
R N/mm2 2420 2070 1700 1250 880
Rinvenimento a C 50 100 200 300 400 500 600

20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 13.9
600 14.1

5 b) 10 800-1150 630 5 240-347
10 16 780-1130 550 5 232-339
16 40 730-1100 480 6 224-331 670-940 198-278
40 63 670-940 198-278
63 100 670-940 198-278
C60E 1.1221 C60R 1.1223 EN 10277-5: 2008

5 b) 10 900-1100 630 6 271-331
10 16 880-1080 615 6 263-327
16 40 830-1030 580 7 249-311 800-950 520 13 240-286
40 63 780-980 545 8 232-295 750-900 450 14 225-271
63 100 750-950 525 8 225-286 750-900 450 14 225-271
Work-hardness by Cold drawing

R N/mm2 1090 1120 1200 1250 1300 1400 1450 1520 1650
Riduzione % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

100 670 340 11 203
100 250 650 310 11 8 200
250 500 630 275 11 8 192
500 1000 620 260 10 7 190
Forged quenching and tempering EN 10250-2: 2001

mm mm R Re c) A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB
from to from to N/mm2 min min L min T min L J min T J min Q min
100 70 750 450 14 225
100 250 70 160 690 390 15 10 210
250 500 160 330 670 350 14 9 203

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 60 57 50 39 35 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 23 21
max 67 66 65 63 62 59 54 47 39 37 36 35 34 33 31 30
C60E C60R C60 60 Ck60 Cm60 070M60 60 1060
Technical card
ASTM A 105
Quality ASTM A 105
According to standards ASTM A 105M - 05 Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr% Mo% V% Nb%
max max max max max max max max max
0,35 0,10-0,35 0,60-1,05 0,035 0,040 0,40 0,40 0,30 0,12 0,08 0,02
The sum of copper (Cu), chromium (Cr), nickel (Ni) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 1,00%
The sum of chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 0,32%
For each reduction of 0,01% below the specified maximum carbon value (0,35%), an increase of 0,06% of manganese above its specific
maximum value (1,05%) will be permitted up to a max of 1,35%.
Al min 0,020%. The Al content must be specified
Completely killed steel
Carbon Equivalent CEQ = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15 max 0,47
Grain size: 5 or finer acc. to ASTM E 112
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Stress Final stress
relieving relieving
1150-850 843-927 880-930 593 50 under the
air oil, polymer, water air temperature of tempering
Soft Normalizing Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing and tempering annealing welding after welding
PWHT
700 843-927 air 860 furnace 250 590 furnace cooling
air cooling to Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
593 air 660 after, air
Forged The heat treatments must guarantee the below-mentioned values of ASTM A 105M - 05
mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T C% L C% T Kv HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min min J min max
T 485 250 22 30 187
Forged pieces weighing more than 4540 Kg may be ordered to ASTM A 266/A 266M 03a
size R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T C% L C% T Kv HB
mm N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min min J min
T 415-585 205 23 20 38 30 121-170
T = is the maximum heat-treated thickness. Test specimen shall be taken at T/4
Product tests (longitudinal) LUCEFIN experience
Heat treatment product test at R Rp 0.2 A C - Z Kv 0 C Kv 18 C Kv 46 C product
mm C N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J J J
Normalizing 920 C 90 +20 603 485 30 69.5 56-64-57 hot-rolled
Normalizing 920 C 90 +400 312 217 hot-rolled
Normalizing 900 C 240 +20 578 417 32.4 63.8 111-136-133 hot-rolled
Normalizing 900 C 240 +400 506 248 hot-rolled
Normalizing 900 C 400 +20 470 309 39.2 69.0 181-222-220 forged
Normalizing 900 C 400 +400 424 206 forged
Quenched and tempered 95 +20 579 403 35.6 68.6 210-203-207 hot-rolled
Quenched and tempered 95 +400 520 325 hot-rolled
Natural 90 +20 580 400 28.0 63.0 20-18-18 14-12-12 10-8-8 hot-rolled
C21 A 105
ASTM A 350 LF2 82 Part two Steels for quenching and tempering
Quality ASTM A 350 LF2 Technical card

According to standards ASTM A 350M - 07 Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr% Mo% V% Nb%
max max max max max max max max max
0.30 0.15-0.30 0.60-1.35 0.035 0.040 0.40 0.40 0.30 0.12 0.08 0.02
The sum of copper (Cu), chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 1,00%
The sum of chromium (Cr) and molybdenum (Mo) shall not exceed 0,32%
Carbon Equivalent CEQ = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo + V)/5 + (Ni + Cu)/15 max 0,47
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Stress Final stress
relieving relieving
1150-850 880-930 880-930 590 50 under the
air oil, polymer, water air temperature of temp.
Soft Normalizing Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing and tempering annealing welding after welding
PWHT
700 900 air 860 furnace 200 590 furnace
air 600 air cooling to Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
660 after, air
Forged The heat treatments must guarantee the below-mentioned values of ASTM A 350M: 07
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% - Z% Kv 46 C cl. 1 Kv 18 C cl. 2 HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J average/minimum max
T 485-655 250 22 30 20/16 27/20 197
T = is the maximum heat-treated thickness. Test specimen shall be taken at T/4
Product tests (longitudinal) LUCEFIN experience

Heat treatment temperature product R Rp 0.2 A C-Z Kv 46 C Kv 18 C product
mm N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J J
Quenching 880 C water 95 600 480 24.6 58.0 68-66-64 112-114-110 hot-rolled
Tempering 640 C air
Normalizing 900 C air 210 580 400 32.6 64.4 22-24-18 70-74-70 hot-rolled
Natural 95 526 302 28.6 62.0 6-6-4 16-10-8 hot-rolled
S355J2G3 appr. Fe510 appr. St52.3 appr. EN50D 20G A350 LF2 cl. 1 - cl. 2
Technical card
41Cr4
Quality 41Cr4
max max max
0,38-0,45 0,40 0,60-0,90 0,025 0,035 0,90-1,20
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05
41CrS4 n 1.7039 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 860 850 550-650 50 under the
air oil polymer air temperature of temp.
or water
680 820 furnace cooling 720-740 850 300 550 furnace cooling
air to 650 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) (HB 190-220) 750 790 310 90
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB
16 8 1000-2000 800 11 30 298-359
16 40 8 20 900-1100 660 12 35 35 271-331
40 100 20 60 800-950 560 14 40 35 240-286
HB 568 560 525 496 468 442 409 376 340 301 264 237
HRC 55.5 55 53 51 49 47 44 40.5 36.5 32 27 22
R N/mm2 2130 2080 1950 1830 1700 1580 1420 1280 1120 1000 880 790
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1580 1590 1580 1530 1470 1380 1260 1140 1020 890 780 680
A % 6.8 7.5 7.6 7.9 8.8 9.8 11.0 12.6 14.5 17.2 20.0 22.8
C % 28 35 38 41 44 46 48 52 56 60 64 67
Kv J 16 24 24 15 15 26 30 38 46 90 124 132
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
41CrS4 1.7039 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn + quenched and tempered +C +QT Hot-rolled annealed + Peeled-Reeled +A +SH
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)e)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min min max
5 b) 10
10 16
16 40 900-1100 660 12 271-331 241
40 63 800-950 560 14 240-286 241
63 100 800-950 560 14 240-286 241
b) for thickness below 5 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon befor order placement
e) values valid also for +C +QT +SL
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Cold-drawn +A +C

size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 N/mm2 min max max
5 b) 10 1000-1200 770 8 298-359 295
10 16 1000-1200 750 8 298-359 285
16 40 900-1100 670 9 271-331 280
40 63 800-1000 570 10 240-298 270
63 100 800-1000 570 11 240-298 270
c) for flats and special sections the tensile strength R may deviate by 10%
e) values valid also for +QT +C +SL
Forged quenching and tempered EN 10250-3: 2001

mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kv L Kv T Kv Q HB
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min J min J min J min min
100 70 800 560 14 14 35 35 240

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 53 52 50 47 41 37 34 32 29 26 23 21
max 61 61 60 59 58 56 54 52 46 42 40 38 37 36 35

20 210000 80000
100 205000 78000 11.1
200 195000 75000 12.1
300 185000 70000 12.9
400 175000 67000 13.5
500 13.9
600 155000 59000 14.1

460 7.85 46 0.19 5.26
41Cr4 41Cr4 40Cr 41Cr4 42C4 530M40 41H 5140
Technical card
34CrMo4
Quality 34CrMo4
max max max
0.30-0.37 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
34CrMoS4 n 1.7226 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress
relieving
1100-850 870 850 550-650 50 under the
air oil polymer air temperature of temp.
water
700 cooling 15 C/h 830 furnace cooling 735 850 250 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air to 670 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 223) (HB 180-225) 745 800 320 100
Hot-formed hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
16 8 1000-1200 800 11 45 298-359
16 40 8 20 900-1100 650 12 50 40 271-331
40 100 20 60 800-950 550 14 55 45 240-586
100 160 60 100 750-900 500 15 55 45 225-271
160 250 100 160 700-850 450 15 40 45 213-253
HB 568 560 543 525 504 475 448 421 400 376 340 306 271
HRC 55.5 55 54 53 51.5 49.5 47.5 45 43 40.5 36.5 32.5 28
R N/mm2 2100 2070 2020 1960 1850 1740 1610 1490 1380 1270 1130 1020 900 780
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1340 1410 1530 1540 1520 1460 1400 1340 1230 1140 1040 930 820 680
A % 8.0 8.2 9.0 9.6 10.0 10.4 10.8 11.0 11.4 12.2 14.0 17.5 20.0 21.8
C % 29 32 37 43 47 48 49 50 52 54 60 65 68 70
Kv J 27 28 31 34 31 28 27 28 32 42 75 94 127 148
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
34CrMo4 Technical card Trafilix

Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C Cold-drawn obtained from hot-rolled annealed +A +C
UNI 10233 pt.5:1993. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) size
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB mm HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. from to max
5 b) 10 1030-1320 850 7 311-384 5 10 290
10 16 1030-1300 830 7 311-380 10 16 280
16 25 920-1200 680 7 275-359 16 40 275
25 40 900-1180 650 8 271-354 40 100 270
40 100 800-1030 550 9 240-311
e) Values valid for +QT +C +SL.
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT Cold-drawn annealed +C +A otherwise annealed

UNI 10233 pt.5:1993e. Reference only. Peeled-Reeled +A +SH
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) size
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB mm
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. from to HB max
5 b) 10 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 5 10 227
10 16 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 10 16 227
16 25 900-1100 650 12 271-331 16 40 223
25 40 900-1100 650 12 271-331 40 100 223
40 100 800-950 550 14 240-286
e) Values valid for +C +QT +SL.

100 70 800 550 14 14 45 45 240
100 250 70 160 700 450 15 10 40 22 213
250 500 160 330 650 410 16 12 33 17 200
Hardness after tempering Lucefin experience

Tempering at 530 C Tempering at 620 C
size mm 200 > 200 400 > 400 200 > 200 400 > 400
HB 280 265 250 250 220 200

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 49 49 48 45 42 39 36 34 30 28 27 26 25 24 24
max 57 57 57 56 55 54 53 52 48 45 43 41 40 40 39

20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 13.9

460 7.85 42 0.18 5.56
34CrMo4 34CrMo4 ML30CrMo 34CrMo4 34CD4 34HM 4135
Technical card
42CrMo4
Quality 42CrMo4
max max max
0.38-0.45 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
42CrMoS4 n 1.7227 S% 0.020-0.040 Permissible deviations on the product 0.005%.
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 870 860 850 550-650 50 under the
air (HB ~ 190) oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
720 slowly 15 C/h 820 furnace cooling 730-740 840 300 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air to 670 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) (HB 180-240) 745 790 300 80
16 8 1100-1300 900 10 40 331-380
16 40 8 20 1000-1200 750 11 45 35 298-359
40 100 20 60 900-1000 650 12 50 35 271-298
100 160 60 100 800-950 550 13 50 35 240-286
160 250 100 160 750-900 500 14 55 35 225-271
HB 595 586 550 518 496 468 442 421 390 362 336 294 264
HRC 57 56.5 54.5 52.5 51 49 47 45 42 39 36 31 27
R N/mm2 2200 2180 2030 1910 1800 1700 1590 1480 1350 1220 1100 980 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1520 1600 1620 1590 1560 1510 1440 1340 1230 1110 1000 870 710
A % 7.0 9.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.4 11.0 12.0 13.5 15.8 19.0 21.5
Kv J 24 27 28 27 26 26 26 27 31 42 75 114 135
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Fatigue behaviour +20 C Fatigue behaviour +20 C
+N 328 Cyclic yield strength, y +N 1000 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+QT 716 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 1454 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+N 0.12 Cyclic strength exponent, n +N 0.11 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+QT 0.10 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.08 low cycle fatigue
+N 673 Cyclic strength coefficient, K +N 1.00 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
+QT 1367 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.72 low cycle fatigue
Transition-curve LUCEFIN experience 250
TRANSITION CURVE
100
Kv values obtained from round 130 mm 240 95
90
220
Quenched and tempered (induction) for R 930 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 766 N/mm2 210 85
80
190
A% 18 - C% 62 75
Cleavage area %
170 70
C J Lat. exp. mm Shear % 150
65
60
+20 97 101 - 99 1.10 - 1.10 - 1.17 60 55

Joule
50
120
0 94 96 - 93 0.97 - 0.99 - 1.00 50 100
45
40
20 63 91 - 92 0.56 - 0.52 - 0.93 40 80
35
30
70
40 66 58 - 86 0.73 - 0.77 - 0.94 40 50
25
20
60 50 55 - 58 0.54 - 0.72 - 0.78 30 30
15
10
80 38 29 - 35 0.27 - 0.35 - 0.26 10 10 5
0 0
Temperature C 80 60 40 20 0 20
42CrMoS4 1.7227 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e)
5 b) 10
10 16
16 40 1000-1200 750 11 298-359 241
40 63 900-1100 650 12 271-331 241
63 100 900-1100 650 12 271-331 241
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered after Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Cold-drawn +A +C
5 b) 10 1000-1200 770 8 298-359 300
10 16 1000-1200 750 8 298-359 290
16 40 1000-1200 720 9 298-359 285
40 63 900-1100 650 10 271-331 280
63 100 900-1100 650 10 271-331 280

250 160 750 500 14 10 30 16 225
250 500 160 330 700 460 15 11 27 14 213
500 750 330 500 600 390 16 12 22 12 178
Hardness after tempering Lucefin experience
Tempering at 530 C Tempering at 620 C
size mm 200 > 200 400 > 400 200 > 200 400 > 400
HB 320 300 290 260 250 230
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 53 53 52 51 49 43 40 37 34 32 31 30 30 29 29
max 61 61 61 60 60 59 59 58 56 53 51 48 47 46 45
quenching and tempering
20 210000 80000 720
100 205000 78000 702 11.1
200 195000 75000 640 12.1
300 185000 70000 562 12.9
400 175000 67000 475 13.5
500 375 13.9
600 155000 59000 14.1
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric Conductivity
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 33.5 34.0 34.2 0.19 5.26
42CrMo4 42CrMo4 ML42CrMo 42CrMo4 42CD4 708M40 42HM 4140
Technical card
50CrMo4
Quality 50CrMo4
max max max
0.46-0.54 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 860 860 840 540-680 50 under the
air oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
720 790 furnace 850 300 550 furnace cooling
air cooling to water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 660 after, air 720 760 320 100
16 8 1100-1300 900 9 40 331-380
16 40 8 20 1000-1200 780 10 45 30 298-359
40 100 20 60 900-1100 700 12 50 30 271-331
100 160 60 100 850-1000 650 13 50 30 253-298
160 250 100 160 800-950 550 13 50 30 240-286
HB 448 421 390 353 327 294 264
HRC 47.5 45 42 38 35 31 27
R N/mm2 1620 1490 1350 1185 1070 960 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1370 1270 1165 1060 930 840 785
A % 7.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.5 15.5 20.0
C % 30 40 49 57 60 60
Kv J 26 28 28 38 94 146 166
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
50CrMo4 Technical card Trafilix

UNI 10233 pt.5:1993. Reference only.
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) size e)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB mm HB
5 10 1130-1420 950 5 339-406 5 10 308
10 16 1130-1400 930 5 339-404 10 16 298
16 25 1020-1300 800 6 306-380 16 40 293
25 40 1000-1280 780 6 298-375 40 100 288
40 100 900-1180 700 8 271-354
e) Values valid also for +QT +C +SL
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT UNI 10233 pt.5:1993 Cold-drawn annealed +C+A or annealed
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) e) Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Ground
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB size mm HB
5 10 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 5 10 252
10 16 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 10 16 252
16 25 1000-1200 780 10 298-359 16 40 248
25 40 1000-1200 780 10 298-359 40 100 248
40 100 900-1100 700 12 271-331
e) Values valid also for +C +QT +SL

250 160 800 550 13 9 25 14 240
250 500 160 330 750 540 14 10 20 12 225
500 750 330 500 700 490 15 11 15 10 213

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 58 58 57 55 54 53 51 48 45 41 39 38 37 36 36
max 65 65 64 64 63 63 63 62 61 60 58 57 55 54 54

20 210000 80000
100 11.1
200 12.1
300 12.9
400 13.5
500 13.9
600 14.1

460 7.85 42 0.19 5.26
50CrMo4 ZG50CrMo 50CrMo4 50HM 4150
Technical card
39NiCrMo3
Quality 39NiCrMo3
max max max
0.35-0.43 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 0.60-1.00 0.15-0.25 0.70-1.00
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
By agreement this steel can be supplied with the addition of lead (Pb) or sulphur (S) for improved machinability
Temperature C
relieving
1100-900 860 850 840 550-650 50 under the
Soft Isothermal Full Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing annealing test welding after welding
700 820 furnace cooling 820 850 300 550 furnace cooling
air to 650 after, air air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 195-240) (HB max 235) 740 790 330 110
16 8 980-1180 785 11 40 295-354
16 40 8 20 930-1130 735 11 40 35 278-339
40 100 20 60 880-1080 685 12 45 40 263-327
100 160 60 100 830-980 635 12 50 40 294-295
160 250 100 160 740-880 540 13 50 40 224-263
HB 577 560 525 496 468 442 426 409 390 362 336 286 240
HRC 56 55 53 51 49 47 45.5 44 42 39 36 30 22.5
R N/mm2 2160 2070 1950 1820 1700 1580 1500 1430 1340 1220 1100 950 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1440 1520 1540 1520 1490 1440 1370 1290 1220 1110 980 830 670
A % 8.0 9.8 10.4 10.6 10.7 10.8 11.0 11.5 12.5 13.8 16.0 19.0 22.0
C % 30 42 48 52 53 53 54 55 56 57 60 63 68
Kv J 28 31 32 28 28 27 27 28 36 46 86 114 128
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
TRANSITION CURVE
Transition-curve Lucefin experience 250 100
Kv values obtained from round 100 mm 95
90
Quenched and tempered (induction) for R1002 N/mm2 Rp 0.2 879 N/mm2 220
210 85
80
A% 14.6 C% 54 190 75
C J Lat. exp. mm Shear % 170
70
65
Cleavage area %
+20 85-82-79 0.94-0.91-0.93 80 150 60

55
0 78-76-77 0.88-0.84-0.83 80
Joule
120 50
20 73-77-75 0.83-0.88-0.80 70 45
100 40
40 68-74-74 0.78-0.77-0.81 70 35
80
30
60 66-70-64 0.80-0.78-0.77 70 70
25
80 55-50-58 0.45-0.57-0.51 60 50 20
15
30 10
10 5
0 0
-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20
39NiCrMo3 1.6510 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min max
5 b) 10
10 16
16 40 930-1130 735 11 278-339 240
40 63 880-1080 735 12 263-327 240
63 100 880-1080 735 12 263-327 240
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Ground +A +C

from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min max
5 b) 10 980-1180 735 8 295-354 295
10 16 930-1130 700 8 278-339 290
16 40 930-1130 700 9 278-339 285
40 63 880-1080 625 10 263-327 280
63 100 880-1080 600 10 263-327 280
e) values valid also for QT +C +SL

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T Kv L Kv T HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min J min
100 880-1080 685 12 40 263-327
100 250 685-835 540 13 12 30 25 209-250
250 500 655-805 490 15 14 30 25 201-241
500 1000 635-785 440 16 15 25 195-234
1000 590-740 390 15 14 25 176-224
L = longitudinal T = tangential

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 52 51 50 49 48 46 44 43 39 36 34 33 32 31 30
max 60 60 59 58 58 57 57 56 55 52 51 49 48 46 45

20 210000 80000 11.2 7.80
39NiCrMo3 39NiCrMo3 36CrNiMo4 40NCD3 39HNM 9840
Technical card
34CrNiMo6
Quality 34CrNiMo6
max max max
0.30-0.38 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.035 0.035 1.30-1.70 0.15-0.30 1.30-1.70
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Temperature C
relieving
1100-900 860-870 870 860 600-650 50 under the
650-680 650 cooling 850 300 600 furnace cooling
air furnace to water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 500 after, air 715 770 320 100
16 8 1200-1400 1000 9 40 359-404
16 40 8 20 1100-1300 900 10 45 45 331-380
40 100 20 60 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
100 160 60 100 900-1100 700 12 55 45 271-331
160 250 100 160 800-950 600 13 55 45 240-286
HB 525 500 468 450 371 344 319 271 240
HRC 53 51.5 49 46.5 40 37 34 28 22
R N/mm2 1950 1850 1700 1500 1260 1150 1050 900 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1480 1450 1350 1980 980 950 700 680
A % 10 10 10 12 13 13.4 18 20 22
C % 48 50 52 58 62 62 68 68 70
Kv J
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700
LUCEFIN experience Forged round 520 mm quenched at 870 C in water, tempered at 630 C in air
Depth from Longitudinal Testing
treated R Rp 0.2 A C Kv +20 C Kv 40 C HB
surface N/mm2 N/mm2 % % J T
25 mm 920 820 18.5 64.0 110-118-118 280
1/3 radius 900 755 15.6 60.0 48-44-45 270
1/2 diameter 870 730 12.8 46.0 70-74-68 25-28-25 262
FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature)
C 70 60 40 20 0 +20 +50 +80 +18
% fibrosity 3 6 11 15 24 53 100 100 FATT 50
Kv average J 22 24 27 42 51 70 142 150 68
Chemical composition % ppm
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni V Cu Sn As Sb Al H2 O2 N2
0.35 0.24 0.61 0.007 0.002 1.65 0.28 1.68 0.06 0.13 0.006 0.007 0.004 0.014 1.30 32 70
34CrNiMo6 1.6582 EN 10277-5: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. max
5 b) 10 1000-1200 770 8 298-359 308
10 16 1000-1200 750 8 298-359 298
16 40 1000-1200 720 9 298-359 293
40 63 1000-1200 650 10 298-359 288
63 100 1000-1200 650 10 298-359 288
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT As rolled + turned +SH or annealing Peeled-Reeled +A +SH
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) c) e) Ground +SL
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min for inform. max
5 b) 10
10 16
16 40 1100-1300 900 10 331-380 248
40 63 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 248
63 100 1000-1200 800 11 298-359 248

250 160 800 600 13 9 45 22 240
250 500 160 330 750 540 14 10 45 22 225
500 990 330 660 700 490 15 11 40 20 213
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 50 50 50 50 49 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 46 45 44
max 58 58 58 58 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57
20 210000 80000
100 205000 78000 11.1
200 195000 75000 12.1
300 185000 70000 12.9
400 175000 67000 13.5
500 13.9
600 14.1
460 7.85 38 0.19 5.26
Minimum service temperature Maximum service temperature
40 C to max 70 C +600 C to max +650 C
Corrosion resistance Cold working
Steel with low resistance to corrosion This steel may be cold worked in the annealed condition.
A protective coating should be used It has a good ductility
34CrNiMo6 35NiCrMo6 34CrNiMo6 35NCD6 817M40 38Ch2N2MA 4340
Technical card
40NiCrMo7
Quality 40NiCrMo7
max max
0.37-0.44 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.035 0.035 0.60-0.90 0.20-0.30 1.60-1.90
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.05
Temperature C
relieving
1100-900 860 850 830 550-650 50 under the
air to 640 after, air furnace cooling water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 250) (HB 230-250) (HB max 250) 725 770 300 80
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering (valid for products with no heat treatment)
For quenched and tempered material, values must be granted on the product UNI 7845:1978. Reference only.
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min referece only
16 1030-1230 835 11 30 311-363
16 40 980-1180 785 11 30 295-354
40 100 930-1130 735 12 30 278-339
100 160 850-1030 665 13 30 253-311
160 250 780-980 635 12 30 232-295
HB 504 482 455 432 415 400 381 348 319 294
HRC 51.5 50 48 46 44.5 43 41 37.5 34 31
R N/mm2 1850 1750 1640 1520 1450 1380 1300 1160 1050 980
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1400 1300 1230 1210 1210 1180 1050 940 880
A % 11.6 11.8 12.0 12.2 12.5 14.0 15.8 18.0 20.0 20.0
C % 45 51 52 50 51 53 57 59 63 63
Kv J 32 27 26 27 34 43 90 124 135 155
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C 817M40 BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only.
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min
13 63 1000-1150 850 9 298-347
63 150 850-1000 680 9 253-298
e) Values valid also for +QT +C +SL

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T A% Q Kv L Kv T Kv Q HB
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min J min J min J min for inform.
100 930-1080 735 12 30 278-327
100 250 880-1010 735 13 12 10 40 30 25 263-300
250 500 835-955 685 14 13 11 40 30 25 250-288
500 800 735-885 590 14 12 10 30 25 25 224-265
800 1200 685-835 540 13 11 10 25 209-250
1200 1550 635-785 490 12 10 9 195-234

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 51 50 49 48 47 45 44
max 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 59 58 58 58 57 56 56
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600

Mod. of elasticity E long. N/mm2 210000
Mod. of elasticity G tang. N/mm2 80000
Thermal expansion [(m/mK) 106 C1 ] 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1

460 7.85 42 0.19 5.26
40NiCrMo7 40NiCrMo7 40NiCrMo8 817M40 40HN2M 4340
Transformation Diagram of isothermal cooling time temperature

(taken from GERDAU)
750
Af
As
austenite +
650 ferrite
ferrite + carbides
austenite
500

400
ferrite + carbides
temperature C
50%
300
Ms
M 50
M 90
200
time [s] 101 1 10 102 103 104 105 106
Technical card
30CrNiMo8
Quality 30CrNiMo8
max max max
0.26-0.34 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 1.80-2.20 0.30-0.50 1.80-2.20
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07
Temperature C
relieving
1050-880 870-880 830-860 850 540-660 50 under the
air oil or polymer water air temperature of temp.
Soft +AR natural Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing state test welding after welding
650-700 cooling 10/h 850 300 550 furnace cooling
to 600 after, air water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) (HB max 370) 720 770 310 100
16 8 1250-1450 1050 9 40 370-415
16 40 8 20 1250-1450 1050 9 40 30 370-415
40 100 20 60 1000-1300 900 10 45 35 298-380
100 160 60 100 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
160 250 100 160 900-1100 700 12 50 45 271-331
HB 426 404 381 347 275 240
HRC 45 43 41 37 28 23
R N/mm2 1500 1400 1290 1150 920 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1350 1250 1090 960 780 640
A % 10.0 10.0 11.0 14.0 16.0 18.0
C % 42 45 48 50 52 52
Kv J 20 50 60 75 80 92
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
100
Kv Joule
Transition-curve Lucefin experience

Kv values obtained from round 32 mm
Quenched and tempered (induction) for R 1260 N/mm2 80
Rp 0.2 1110 N/mm2 A% 11.8 C% 59
average
60
C J J Lat. exp. mm Shear %
+20 58-72-68 66 0,62 50
0 53-46-49 49 0,42 40 40
20 44-44-45 42 0,34 20
40 31-32-35 33 0,27 10
60 28-28-27 28 0,25 10 20
80 28-26-26 27 0,16 10
E = mod. of elasticity long. 255700 N/m2
G = mod. of elastcity tang. 98100 N/m2 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 +20
30CrNiMo8 Technical card Trafilix

Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
Cold-drawn Cold-drawn Cold-drawn annealed or

size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) obtained from annealed + Peeled-Reeled,
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB hot-rolled annealed
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min HB max HB max

250 160 900 700 12 8 45 22 271
250 500 160 330 850 630 12 8 45 22 253
500 990 330 660 800 590 12 8 40 20 240
EN 10083-3: 2006 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min.

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 symbol
min 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 46 46 45 45 44 44 43 43 H
max 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 55 55 54 54 54 54 54 54
min 51 51 51 51 50 50 50 49 49 48 48 47 47 47 47 HH
max 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 55 55 54 54 54 54 54 54
min 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 46 46 45 45 44 44 43 43 HL
max 53 53 53 53 52 52 52 52 52 51 51 51 51 50 50

100 205000 78500 11.1
200 195000 74800 12.1
300 185000 71000 12.9
400 175000 67100 13.5
500 13.9
600 155000 59500 14.1
460 7.85 42 0.19 5.26
30CrNiMo8 30CrNiMo8 30CrNiMo8 30NCD8 823M30 A320L43
Technical card
Self-hardening 36NiCrMo16
Quality 36NiCrMo16
max max max
0.32-0.39 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.025 1.60-2.00 0.25-0.45 3.60-4.10
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07
Temperature C
relieving
1100-900 850 880 830-860 550-650 50 under the
air air oil polymer water air temperature of temp.
or salt bath (500)
650 790 825 250 550 furnace cooling
air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 269) (HB max 275) 700 760 240 20
16 8 1250-1450 1050 9 40 370-415
16 40 8 20 1250-1450 1050 9 40 30 370-415
40 100 20 60 1100-1300 900 10 45 35 331-380
100 160 60 100 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
160 250 100 160 1000-1200 800 11 50 45 298-359
HB 518 496 468 448 432 409 385 357 327 301
HRC 52.5 51 49 47.5 46 44 41.5 38.5 35 32
R N/mm2 1900 1820 1720 1610 1520 1420 1320 1200 1090 1000
RRp 0.2 N/mm2 1550 1500 1430 1360 1290 1200 1100 990 900 870
A % 7.0 8.0 8.6 9.2 9.6 10.0 11.0 12.4 14.0 14.0
C % 23 24 25 27 27 28 32 38 48 50
Kv J 28 28 27 26 26 26 28 38 64 64
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

Hot-rolled quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
Cold-drawn quenched and tempered +C +QT Cold-drawn Cold-drawn annealed or

size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) obtained from annealed + Peeled-Reeled,
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB hot-rolled annealed
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min HB max HB max

thickness Testing at room temperature
250 160 1000 800 11 8 45 22 298
250 500 160 330 1000 800 11 8 45 22 298
500 990 330 660 1000 800 11 8 45 22 298

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 50 49 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47
max 57 56 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

20 208000 79800
100 11.5
200 12.3
300 12.8
400 13.3
500 13.7
600 14.0

460 7.84 33 0.30 3.33
LUCEFIN experience Forged round 300 mm quenched at 870 C in water, tempered at 590 C in air
Depth from Longitudinal testing
heat treatment R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 20 C HB
surface N/mm2 N/mm2 J J
1/2 radius 1201 1110 12.8 55.0 90-98-90 62-58-60 371
Chemical composition %
C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni
0.34 0.25 0.50 0.012 0.005 1.68 0.40 3.70
36NiCrMo16 34NiCrMo16 36NiCrMo16 35NCD16 835M30
CREEP-RESISTING STEELS
P235GH 42CrMo4 40CrMoV4-6 10CrMo9-10

102 Part two Creep-resisting steels
Technical card
P235GH
Quality P235GH (ASTM A 285/285M gr.A)*)
*The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM.
P = for pressure purposes, G = other characteristics; H = high temperatures
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cu% Al% Cr% Mo%
max max max max max min max max
0,16 0,35 0,40-1,20 0,30 0,025 0,30 0,020 0,30 0,08
+ 0.02 + 0.05 +0.10 - 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 + 0.05 0.005 0.05 0.03
Nb% Ni% Ti% V% B%
max max max max
0,010 0,30 0,03 0,02
+ 0.01 + 0.05 + 0.01 + 0.01
Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni max 0.70
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Normalizing Soft Quenching Stress
and tempering annealing and tempering relieving
1100-850 890-950 920 air 700 air 880-900 water 50 under the
air 550-650 air 550-650 air temperature of temp.
welding after welding
100 slow cooling
Hot-rolled +N EN 10273: 2008
Kv and traction test at room temperature in longitudinal
size mm R ReH min b) A% Kv 20 C Kv 0 C Kv +20 C HB
from to N/mm 2 N/mm2 min J min J min J min
16 360-480 235 25 40 47 104-146
16 40 360-480 225 25 40 47 104-146
40 60 360-480 215 25 40 47 104-146
60 100 360-480 200 24 40 47 104-146
100 150 a) 350-480 185 24 40 47 103-146
a) for thickness > 150 mm the values shall be agreed upon +N = normalized
b) whenever the upper yield strength R is not visible enough, it can be calculated by taking the Rp 0.2 value, which is usually 10 N/mm2
eH
lower than ReH
Minimum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures EN 10273: 2008

from to Rp 0.2 N/mm2
16 227 214 198 182 167 153 142 133
16 40 218 205 190 174 160 147 136 128
40 60 208 196 181 167 153 140 130 122
60 100 193 182 169 155 142 130 121 114
100 150 179 168 156 143 131 121 112 105
C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Min. values of material normalized in furnace
Part two Creep-resisting steels 103
P235GH
Reference data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture EN 10273: 2008
1 N/mm2 R N/mm2
C 10 000 h 100 000 h 10 000 h 100 000 h 200 000 h
380 164 118 229 165 145
390 150 106 211 148 129
400 136 95 191 132 115
410 124 84 174 118 101
420 113 73 158 103 89
430 101 65 142 91 78
440 91 57 127 79 67
450 80 49 113 69 57
460 72 42 100 59 48
470 62 35 86 50 40
480 53 30 75 42 33
1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain R = creep rupture strength
P235GH Fe360 1 KW P235GH A37CP 141-360 A285 g.A
Technical card
42CrMo4
Quality 42CrMo4 (ASTM A 193-B7)*)
*The acronym in brackets indicates the similar steel according to ASTM.
max max max
0,38-0,45 0,40 0,60-0,90 0,035 0,035 0,90-1,20 0,15-0,30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 870 860 850 550-650 50 under the
air to 670 after, air furnace cooling water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 180-240) (HB max 200) 745 790 300 80
Hot-rolled +QT EN 10269: 2001
size Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 40 C Kv 100 C HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min
60 860-1060 730 14 50 50 40 27 258-322
+QT = quenched and tempered
Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures Rp 0.2 N/mm2 EN 10269: 2001
d 60 mm 720 702 677 640 602 562 518 475 420 375
C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Temp. Mod. of elasticity Thermal Ref. data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture
N/mm2 exspansion 1 (1%) N/mm2 R N/mm2
C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1] C 10.000 h 100.000 h 10.000 h 100.000 h
20 210000 80000 450 190 137 320 240
100 205000 78000 11.1 500 88 49 137 96
200 195000 75000 12.1 550 29 15 59 30
300 185000 70000 12.9 600
400 175000 67000 13.5 1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain
500 13.9 R = creep rupture strength
600 155000 59000 14.1
460 7.85 33.5 34.0 34.2 0.19 5.26
LUCEFIN experience. Kv and traction test at room temperature in longitudinal on hot-rolled +QT material
grain R Rp 0.2 Rp/R A% C% Kv +20 C Kv 20 C
mm size N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min J min
40 6 995 845 0,85 15,2 58 90-90-92 60-58-58
60 5-6 947 767 0,81 16.0 60 84-78-80 50-50-56
42CrMo4
Fatigue behaviour +20 C Fatigue behaviour +20 C
+N 328 Cyclic yield strength, y +N 1000 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+QT 716 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 1454 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+N 0.12 Cyclic strength exponent, n +N 0.11 Fatigue strength exponent, b
+QT 0.10 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.08 low cycle fatigue
+N 673 Cyclic strength coefficient, K +N 1.00 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
+QT 1367 N/mm2 low cycle fatigue +QT 0.72 low cycle fatigue
42CrMo4 42CrMo4 ML42CrMo 42CrMo4 42CD4 708M40 42HM 4140
Technical card
40CrMoV4-6
Quality 40CrMoV4-6 (ASTM A 193-B16)*
*The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM.
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% Al tot
max max max max
0,36-0,44 0,40 0,45-0,85 0,030 0,030 0,90-1,20 0,50-0,65 0,25-0,35 0,015
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.01
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress Natural state
relieving +U
1100-900 880-900 900-930 650-720 50 under the
air oil or polymer air temperature of temp. (HB max 350)
Soft Isothermal Spheroidizing Quenching and Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing stress relieving welding after welding
680-730 880 furnace cooling 750 930 oil 300 560 furnace cooling
air to 730 after, air furnace 200 air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 241) cooling (HRC ~ 54) 760 810 340 120
Hot-rolled +QT EN 10269: 2001
size Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min
100 850-1000 700 14 45 30 253-298
100 160 850-1000 640 14 45 25 253-298
+QT = quenching and tempering
Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures Rp 0.2 N/mm2 EN 10269: 2001
d max 100 687 670 647 631 608 593 577 554 523 470 400 293
100 160 631 612 591 577 556 542 528 507 479 429 366 268
C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Temp. Mod. of elasticity Thermal Ref. data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture
N/mm2 expansion 1 (1%) N/mm2 R N/mm2
C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1] C 10.000 h 100.000 h 10.000 h 100.000 h 200.000 h
20 211000 80950 450 513 462 446
100 204000 78300 11.1 460 483 422 400
200 196000 75200 12.1 470 451 374 347
300 186000 71350 12.9 480 413 319 286
400 177000 67900 13.5 490 371 259 229
450 500 321 210 187
500 164000 62950 13.9 510 269 174 155
550 520 223 146 130
600 127000 48700 14.1 530 187 122 103
540 160
550 137
1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain
R = creep rupture strength
460 7.85 33.0
40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 40CrMoV4-6 670-860 A193B16
Technical card
10CrMo9-10
Quality 10CrMo9-10 (ASTM A 182 F22 cl. 3)*)
* The acronym in brackets indicates the corresponding steel according to ASTM.
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Cr% Mo% Cu%
max max max max
0,08-0,14 0,50 0,40-0,80 0,030 0,025 2,00-2,50 0,90-1,10 0,30
+ 0.02 0.05 +0.10 -0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.04 + 0.05
Permissible deviations on the product. The aluminium content of the casting must be determined and indicated in the control document.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress Step cooling
relieving
1050-900 940-980 950 650-750 50 under the 593 furnace cooling
air water air temperature of temp. EN 10028-2
Soft Spheroidizing Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing welding after welding (PWHT)
650-700 air 880-900 300 600-690 furnace Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 210) furnace cooling cooling 795 850 440 230
Hot-rolled mechanical properties at the delivery conditionb) EN 10273: 2008
heat Kv and test of traction at room temperature in longitudinal
mm treatment R ReH A% Kv +20 C Kv 0 C Kv 20 C HB
from to b) N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min J min J min
16 +NT 480-630 310 18 40 146-192
16 40 +NT 480-630 300 18 40 146-192
40 60 +NT 480-630 290 18 40 146-192
60 100 +NT or +QT 470-620 270 17 40 141-190
100 150 +QT 460-610 250 17 40 139-183
+NT = normalized and tempering +QT = quenching and tempering
Minumum 0,2% proof strength at high temperatures EN 10273: 2008

from to treatment Rp 0.2 N/mm2
16 +NT 288 266 254 248 243 236 225 212 197 185
16 40 +NT 279 257 246 240 235 228 218 205 191 179
40 60 +NT 270 249 238 232 227 221 211 198 185 173
60 100 +NT/QT 260 240 230 224 220 213 204 191 178 167
100 150 +NT/QT 250 237 228 222 219 213 204 191 178 167
C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Temperature Mod. of elasticity Thermal Temperature Mod. of elasticity Thermal

N/mm2 exspansion N/mm2 exspansion
Testing at C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1] Testing at C E long. G tang. [(m/mK) 106 C1]
20 210000 80600 450
100 205000 78700 11.1 500 13.9
200 195000 74800 12.1 550
250 600 155000 59500 14.1
300 12.9 650
400 175000 67000 13.5
460 7.80 50 0.18 5.55
10CrMo9-10 10CrMo9-10 12Cr2MoG 10CrMo9-10 12CD9-10 622/B3 12Ch8 A182 F22
10CrMo9-10
Reference data of strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain and creep rupture EN 10273: 2008
1 (1%) N/mm2 R N/mm2
C 10 000 h 100 000 h 10 000 h 100 000 h 200 000 h
450 240 166 306 221 201
460 219 155 286 205 186
470 200 145 264 188 169
480 180 130 241 170 152
490 163 116 219 152 136
500 147 103 196 135 120
510 132 90 176 118 105
520 119 78 156 103 91
530 107 68 138 90 79
540 94 58 122 78 68
550 83 49 108 68 58
560 73 41 96 58 50
570 65 35 85 51 43
580 57 30 75 44 37
590 50 26 68 38 32
600 44 22 61 34 28
1 = strength for 1% (plastic) creep strain R = creep rupture strength
Lucefin experience. Heat treatment, thickness 15 mm hot-rolled. FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature)
Impact test Kv J 12 18 42 110 130 150 180 200 200 +NT
Fibrosity 2 4 10 50 62 74 100 100 100 N = 980 C air T = 720 C air
C 60 50 40 20 0 +20 +50 +80 +100
Impact test Kv J 6 10 90 190 230 250 260 260 260 Q = 950 C water T = 720 C air
Fibrosity 9 10 25 85 95 100 100 100 100 +PWHT * = 690 C 10 h furn. cool.
C 110 100 80 60 40 20 0 +20 +50 (* Post weld heat treatment)
Creep test: Lucefin experience

Deformation of a piece
Creep test under constants stress
350
1 10000 h
300 1 100000 h
250 r 10000 h
Load test [MPa - N/mm2]
200 r 100000 h
r 200000 h
150
100
50
0
450 475 500 525 550 575 600
Temperature test [C]
FLAME AND INDUCTION-HARDENING STEELS
C43 C48 Cf53 36CrMn4 41CrMo4 50CrMo4 40NiCrMo3

110 Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels
Technical card
C43
Quality C43
max max
0,40-0,46 0,15-0,40 0,50-0,80 0,030 0,030
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with Cr, Mo, Ni, Cu, max. values.
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 870 840 550-650 180
air water air
690 820 furnace cooling not recommended not recommended
(HB max 220) (HB 155-205) (HB max 231) 730 780 360 140
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after normalizing UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
size test blanks Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
16 100 570-720 300 18 169-223
For quenched and tempered material, values must be guaranteed on the product
16 690-840 470 15 25 210-250
16 40 640-790 400 16 20 198-237
40 100 570-720 360 17 20 169-223
For sizes over 100 mm mechanical properties can be agreed upon before order placement
Cold-drawn
size mm Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
from to R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min A% min HB
Please refer to the same values of quality C40E C45E
Jominy test HRC Min. surface hardness

distance in mm from quenched end after hardening and stress
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min No indications are shown in the reference standards HRC 54
max Please refer to the same values of quality C 45E
C43
Part two Flame and induction-hardening steels 111
Technical card
C48
Quality C48
max max
0.45-0.52 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.030
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product. By agreement this steel can be supplied with Cr Mo Ni Cu, max. values.
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 860 830 550-650 180
air water air
(HB max 238) (HB 165-223) (HB max 243) 730 770 330 110
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after normalizing UNI 7847: 1979. Reference only.
16 100 610-760 335 16 183-226
16 730-875 510 13 20 224-262
16 40 680-830 430 14 15 208-249
40 100 630-770 400 15 15 192-231
Cold-drawn
size mm Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
from to R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min A% min HB
Please refer to the same values of quality C45E - C50E

distance in mm from quenched end after hardening and stress
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
C48 1049
Technical card
Cf53
Quality Cf53
According to standards DIN 17212: 1972 Trafilix
Composizione chimica
max max
0.50-0.57 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 0.025 0.035
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Temperature C
relieving
1050-850 860 830 860 550-660 180
air water oil or polymer air
(HB max 223) (HB 180-230) (HB max 260) 730 765 320 100
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for normalized condition DIN 17212: 1972
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% K HB
16 100 610-760 340 16 183-226
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition DIN 17212: 1972
16 740-880 510 12 25 224-263
16 40 690-830 430 14 35 210-249
40 100 640-780 400 15 40 198-232
Quenched and tempered + Cold-drawn +QT +C 070M55 BS 970 pt.3: 1991. Reference only.
mm R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 A% C% K HB
13 29 700-850 475 10 201-255
29 100 700-850 435 10 201-255
Jominy test HRC Min. surface hardness after

distance in mm from quenched end hardening and stress
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min No indications are shown in the reference standard HRC 57
C53 C53 Cf53 XC48 TS 070M55 1050
Technical card
36CrMn4
Quality 36CrMn4
max max
0.33-0.39 0.15-0.40 0.80-1.10 0.030 0.030 0.90-1.20
0.02 0.03 0.06 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 870 850 550-650 180
air oil or polymer air
700 800 furnace cooling 850 not recommended not recommended
(HB max 230) (HB 170-215) 750 800 320 100
16 880-1080 685 12 25 263-327
16 40 780-930 590 13 25 232-278
40 100 740-890 540 14 25 224-268
Cold-drawn
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min Jmin
UNI 7847 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. Min. surface hardness after
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min 50 49 48 47 44 41 39 37 34 32 31 30 29 28 27 HRC 52
max 58 58 57 56 55 54 54 53 50 48 46 45 44 43 43
37Cr4 appr. 36CrMn4 36Cr4. 37Cr4 appr. 38C4 appr. SchCh10 5135 appr.
Technical card
41CrMo4
Quality 41CrMo4
max max
0.38-0.44 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.030 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.25
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 870 850 550-650 180
720 800 furnace cooling 730-740 840 not recommended not recommended
air to 670 after, air furnace water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 180-240) cooling 745 790 300 80
16 1080-1280 880 10 25 327-375
16 40 980-1180 765 11 25 295-354
40 100 880-1080 640 12 25 263-327
100 160 780-930 560 13 25 232-278
160 250 740-890 510 14 25 224-268
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min 53 53 52 51 50 48 45 43 38 35 34 33 32 32 32 HRC 55
max 60 60 60 60 60 59 59 58 56 53 51 48 47 46 45
Thermal exspansion [(m/mK)] 106 11.1 12.1 12.9 13.5 13.9 14.1
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 210000 205000 195000 185000 175000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 80000 78000 75000 70000 67000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600

J/(KgK) Kg/dm3 conductivity W/(mK) resist. Ohmmm2/m Siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 42 0.19 5.26
41CrMo4 41CrMo4 41CrMo4 40ChFA 4142
Technical card
50CrMo4
Quality 50CrMo4
max max max
0.46-0.54 0.40 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.035 0.90-1.20 0.15-0.30
0.02 + 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 860 860 840 540-680 50 under the
720 790 furnace cooling 850 not recommended not recommended
(HB max 248) 720 760 320 100
Hot-formed - hot-rolled - rod mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-3: 2006
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv HB Surface hardness after
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for inform. flame or induction
16 1100-1300 900 9 40 331-380 hardening
16 40 1000-1200 780 10 45 30 298-359 HRC 58
40 100 900-1100 700 12 50 30 271-331
100 160 850-1000 650 13 50 30 253-298
160 250 800-950 550 13 50 30 240-286
HB 448 421 390 353 327 294 264
HRC 47.5 45 42 38 35 31 27
R N/mm2 1620 1490 1350 1185 1070 960 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1370 1270 1165 1060 930 840 785
A % 7.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.5 15.5 20.0
C % 30 40 49 57 60 60
Kv J 26 28 28 38 94 146 166
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 58 58 57 55 54 53 51 48 45 41 39 38 37 36 36
max 65 65 64 64 63 63 63 62 61 60 58 57 55 54 54
50CrMo4 ZG500CrMo 50CrMo4 50HM 4150
Technical card
40NiCrMo3
Quality 40NiCrMo3
max max
0.37-0.43 0.15-0.40 0.50-0.80 0.030 0.030 0.60-1.00 0.15-0.25 0.70-1.00
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 0.03
Temperature C
relieving
1100-900 860 850 550-650 180
700 800 furnace cooling 820 furnace 850 not recommended not recommended
air to 650 after, air cooling water Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) (HB 190-245) (HB max 235) 740 790 330 110
Hot-rolled mechanical properties on test blank after quenching and tempering
16 1030-1230 830 10 30 311-363
16 40 980-1180 785 11 30 295-354
40 100 880-1080 690 12 30 263-327
100 160 830-980 640 12 30 249-295
160 250 740-890 540 13 30 224-268
Cold-drawn
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kcu% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min Jmin
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
min 52 51 50 49 48 46 44 43 39 36 34 33 32 31 30 HRC 54
max 60 60 59 58 58 57 57 56 55 53 51 49 48 46 45
40NiCrMo3 40NiCrMo3
SPRING STEELS
C60E 56Si7 60SiCr8 51CrV4 52SiCrNi5

118 Part two Spring steels
Technical card
C60E
Quality C60E
0.57-0.65 0.40 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.035 0.40 0.10 0.40
0.03 +0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Cr+Mo+Ni max 0.63%
Temperature C
relieving
1050-850 860 830 850 550-650 50 under the
air water oil or polymer air temperature of temp.
700 780 furnace cooling 830 not allowed not allowed
(HB max 241) (HB 200-244) (HB max 280) 730 760 290 70
Hot-formed hot-rolled rod mechanical properties for normalized condition EN 10083-2: 2006
mm mm R Re A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min min
16 16 710 380 10 218
16 100 16 100 670 340 11 203
100 250 100 250 650 310 11 200
Hot-formed hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition EN 10083-2: 2006
mm mm R Re A% C% Kv HB
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
16 8 850-1000 580 11 25 253-298
16 40 8 20 800-960 520 13 30 240-290
40 100 20 60 750-900 450 14 35 225-271
HB 697 688 634 560 468 371 264
HRC 62.5 62 59 55 49 40 27
R N/mm2 2420 2070 1700 1250 880
Tempering at C 50 100 200 300 400 500 600

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 60 57 50 39 35 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 23 21
max 67 66 65 63 62 59 54 47 39 37 36 35 34 33 31 30
C60E C60 60 Ck60 070M60 60 1060
Part two Spring steels 119
Technical card
56Si7
Quality 56Si7
max max
0.52-0.60 1.60-2.00 0.60-0.90 0.025 0.025
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Permissible deviations on the product. Other non mentioned elements must not be added to the steel,
except for those which are necessary to heat making.
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching on spring Tempering Hot moulding
of springs
1050-850 870 840-870 400-480 900-820
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks Characteristics for springs according to
after quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 450 C in air EN 10089: 2002 Stahlschlssel 2007
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Z% KU HRC R Rp 0.2 A% DVM
N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
10 1450-1750 1300 6 25 13 44-50 1300-1500 1100 6 14
HB 722 706 688 634 615 525 448 404 362 327 290 264
HRC 64 63 62 59 58 53 47.5 43.5 39 35 30.5 27
R N/mm2 2400 2460 2450 2310 1950 1600 1400 1210 1080 960 880
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1580 1670 1860 2000 2100 2140 2090 1700 1460 1250 1070 930 800 690
A % 2.0 3.8 4.2 5.0 8.0 10.5 12.2 13.4 15.8 19.2 22.0
Kv J 8 8 9 10 12 16 26 26 28 32 40 42
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
EN 10089: 2002 2002 Jominy test HRC grain size 5 min. H = normal
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 57 55 49 43 37 34 32 31 28 27 26 26 25 25 24
max 65 62 60 57 54 50 46 42 39 37 36 35 34 34 33
Maximum thickness and diameter Flat products Round products Mod. of elasticity +20 C
recommended for the spring thickness mm mm N/mm2
in order to obtain, after quenching, E long. G tang.
an internal hardness of 52 HRC 8 12 206000 79000
56Si7 55Si7 55Si2Mn 55Si7 55S7 25158 55S2 9555
Technical card
60SiCr8
Quality 60SiCr8
max max
0.57-0.64 1.70-2.20 0.70-1.00 0.035 0.035 0.25-0.40
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.04
Temperature C
of springs
1050-850 870 830-860 430-480 920-830
Hot-rolled properties obtained from test blanks 10 mm after quenching Characteristics for springs according to
at 850 C in oil, tempering at 480 C in air. UNI 3545: 1980. Reference only. Stahlschlssel 2007
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB HRC R Rp 0.2 A% DVM
N/mm2 N/mm2 min min reference only N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
10 1450-1700 1250 5 415-467 44.5-49 1350-1600 1150 6 21
HB 468 461 442 409 353
HRC 49 48.5 47 44 38
R N/mm2 1700 1660 1570 1420 1160
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1390 1340 1240 1180 1000
A % 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 9.0
Kv J 10 10 10 12 12
Rinv. C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 58 58 57 51 45 40 38 37 33 30 29 28 27 26 25
max 66 66 65 64 63 61 59 57 50 45 43 41 40 39 39
60SiCr8 60SiCr8 60Si2CrA 60SiCr7 61SC7 60S2HA 9261-9262
Technical card
51CrV4
Quality 51CrV4
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% V% Ni%
max max max
0.47-0.55 0.40 0.70-1.10 0.025 0.025 0.90-1.20 0.10-0.25
0.02 0.03 0.05 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.02
Temperature C
of springs
1050-850 870 850-880 400-450 920-830
Hot-rolled EN 10083-3: 2006 mechanical properties after QT Characteristics for springs according to
Stahlschlssel 2007
mm mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% Kv R Rp 0.2 A% DVM
from to from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
16 8 1100-1300 900 9 40 1400-1700 1200 6 21
16 40 8 20 1000-1200 800 10 45 30
40 100 20 60 900-1100 700 12 50 30
100 160 60 100 850-1000 650 13 50 30
160 250 100 160 800-950 600 13 50 30
HB 615 595 577 577 550 525 504 455 421 390 371 344 297 253
HRC 58 57 56 56 54.5 53 51.5 48 45 42 40 37 31.5 25
R N/mm2 2170 2050 1960 1840 1650 1490 1340 1250 1140 990 850
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1500 1590 1700 1750 1750 1720 1650 1530 1400 1270 1170 1130 900 700
A % 6.8 7.6 7.8 8.0 8.5 9.8 11.2 12.5 14.6 19.0 22.5
Kv J 8 10 16 16 15 16 26 28 31 38 46 94 135
Rinv. C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 57 56 56 55 53 52 50 48 44 41 37 35 34 33 32
max 65 65 64 64 63 63 63 62 62 62 61 60 60 59 58
51CrV4 1.8159 Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn + quenched and tempered +C +QT EN 10277-5: 2008 Hot-rolled annealed + Peeled-Reeled +A +SH
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min max
b) 16 1100-1300 900 9 331-380 248
16 40 1000-1200 800 10 298-359 248
40 80 900-1100 700 12 271-331 248
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered Cold-drawn +QT +C Hot-rolled annealed + Cold-drawn +A +C

from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min max
16 311
16 40 293
40 80 287

mm R Rp 0.2 A% L A% T Kv L Kv T HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min J min min
160 800 600 13 9 30 16 240
160 330
330 660
L = longitudinal T = tangential
51CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 50CrV4 735A50 50ChGF 6150
Quality 52SiCrNi5 Technical card

52SiCrNi5

max max
0.49-0.56 1.20-1.50 0.70-1.00 0.025 0.025 0.70-1.00 0.50-0.70
0.02 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.05
Temperature C
of springs
1100-900 870 840-870 400-450 920-830
Hot-rolled mechanical properties obtained from test blanks after
quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 450 C in air. EN 10089: 2002
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% KU HB HRC
N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min reference only
10 1450-1750 1300 6 35 10 409-482 44-50
HB 706 688 654 615 615 595 577 525 482 421 381 353 319 279
HRC 63 62 60 58 58 57 56 53 50 45 41 38 34 29
R N/mm2 2340 2310 2250 2170 1950 1690 1480 1310 1190 1060 940
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1900 2000 2050 1990 1750 1550 1350 1190 1020 880 750
A % 3.0 8.0 9.8 10.6 12.2 14.0 17.0 21.0
Kv J 8 8 8 9 14 26 26 26 28 42 80
Rinv. C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
min 56 56 55 55 54 53 52 51 47 42 38 35 33 31 30
max 63 63 63 62 62 62 61 61 60 59 57 56 54 52 49
52SiCrNi5 52SiCrNi5 ZG50CrMo 52SiCrNi5 52SiCrNi5 52XHC
BEARING STEELS
102Cr6 100CrMo7 X82WMoCrV6-5-4

Part two Bearing steels 125
Technical card
102Cr6
Quality 102Cr6
According to standards UNI EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Cu%
max max
0.95-1.10 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.030 0.030 1.35-1.65
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Quenching Stress Stress relieving Annealing must be
relieving annealing done after machining
1050-900 Pre-heating a 650 850 180-220 600-650 and before the final heat
pause, after oil, polymer air furnace cooling treatment
820 water salt bath 500-550
salt bath 180-200
Soft Spheroidizing Recrystallization Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
740-770 770-780 furnace 750 cooling furnace not recommended not recommended
air cooling to 630 after to 300 after air
300 after air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
HB max 223 a) (HB max 207) (HB max 220) 750 785 210 10 b)
a) Hardness in the cold-drawn condition (+A+C) can be 20 HB higher than in the annealed condition (+A)
b) subcooling
HB 739 722 706 688 654 595 543 496 442 409 371 336 301 243
HRC 65 64 63 62 60 57 54 51 47 44 40 36 32 23
R N/mm2 2400 2500 2470 2300 2100 1900 1650 1410 1250 1110 1010 810
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2080 2190 2090 1900 1700 1500 1300 1100 950 800 690
A % 5.0 7.0 9.0 12.0 16.0 18.0
C % 22 30 34 44 50 54
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
HRC from surface to heart for different quenched at 70

850 C in oil. Variations in hardness show the mass effect 60 100
mm 0 5 10 15 20
50 80
10 65 64
hardness
30 64 62 59 58 60
hardness HRC
40
40 62 57 52.5 50.5 50 martensite %
martensite %
30 40
20 20
martensite + martensite + bainite 0
carbides + ferrite + pearlite carbides+ pearlite
0 8 16 24 32 40
Hardness/Structures curves distance in mm from quenched end
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 12.5 13.2 13.6 14.0 14.3

Thermal conductivity W(mK) 33.0 32.2 31.4
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 212000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 81000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 700
126 Part two Bearing steels
102Cr6 Technical card Trafilix

460 7.85 0.30 3.33

treatment 20 200 300 350 400 450 500 600
+QT 1339 Cyclic yield strength, y
N/mm2 low cycle fatigue
+QT 0.15 Cyclic strength exponent, n
low cycle fatigue
+QT 3328 Cyclic strength coefficient, K
+QT 2620 Fatigue strength coefficient, f
+QT 0.09 Fatigue strength exponent, b
low cycle fatigue
+QT 0.15 Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf
low cycle fatigue
+QT 0.56 Fatigue ductility exponent, c
low cycle fatigue
+QT quenched an tempered quenched at 830-870 C in oil, tempered at 150-180 C
102Cr6 100Cr6 Cr2 100Cr6 100Cr6 X15 52100
Trasformation diagram for isothermal cooling time-temperature taked from GERDAU
850
austenite + carbides not dissolved

750
As
650

500 ferrite +
carbides
10
austenite +
400 carbides
not dissolved
300
50%
Ms
temperature [C]
200 M 50
M 90
100
time [s] 1 10 102 103 104 105 106
Part two Bearing steels 127
Technical card
100CrMo7
Quality 100CrMo7
According to standards ISO 683-17: 2001 Trafilix
Number B5 (1.3537) Lucefin Group
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Cu% Al%
max max max max
0.93-1.05 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.025 0.015 1.65-1.95 0.15-0.30 0.30 0.050
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 +0.03 +0.010
Temperature C
Hot forming Pre-heating Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be
annealing done after machining
1100-850 400 850 150-220 600-650 and before the final heat
stop in furnace, oil, polymer air furnace cooling treatment
after 850 salth bath 500-550
Soft Isothermal +AC+C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +AC Ann. Cold-drawn welding after welding
730 800 furnace cooling to 720 not recommended not recommended
air after furnace 600 after, air Ac1 star Ac1 end Ms Mf
(HB max 220) (HB max 217) (HB max 251) 755 785 200 10 b)
b) subcooling
HB 739 739 722 670 615 595 613 512 482 432 415 344 286 253
HRC 65 65 64 61 58 57 56 52 50 46 44.5 37 30 25
R N/mm2 2000 2400 2430 2300 2150 1950 1770 1610 1450 1240 1000 840
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2050 2150 2090 1960 1810 1650 1500 1350 1150 900 750
A % 3.0 4.6 6.4 9.0 12.5 16.5
C % 15 20 30 38 44 52
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
HRC from surface to heart for different quenched at 850 C in oil Hardening in oil on round
Variations in hardness show the mass effect 20 mm
mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 C HRC
20 66 66 65.5 800 62
30 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 820 64
40 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 65 840 65.5
50 65.5 64 62 61 60.5 60.5 850 66
60 64.5 63 58.5 54 52 51.5 51 860 66
80 62.5 58 50.5 47.5 46 45 44.5 44 43.5 880 66
100 61 56 49 46.5 45 44.5 43.5 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 900 65
100CrMo7 100CrMo7 GC18Mo 100CrMo7 100CD7 A485(3)
128 Part two Bearing steels
Technical card
X82WMoCrV6-5-4
Quality X82WMoCrV6-5-4 )
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% W% Cu%
max max max max
0.78-0.86 0.40 0.40 0.025 0.015 3.90-4.30 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.00 6.00-6.70 0.30
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 +0.03
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be
annealing done after machining
1100-900 1190-1230 Immediately after 600-650 and before the final heat
oil, polymer quenching 540-570 air furnace cooling treatment
salth bath 500-550 at least 2 cycles
Soft Spheroidizing +AC+C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing +A +AC Ann. Cold-drawn welding after welding
780-820 770-840 furnace not recommended not recommended
cooling 15 C/h, Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
to 600 after, air 820 870 150 70 b)
(HB max 280) (HB max 248) (HB max 298)
b) subcooling
Table of tempering values at room temperature after quenching at 1210 C in oil
HB 688 679 688 697 739 758 758 722 615 482
HRC 62 61.5 62 62.5 65 66 66 64 58 50
N/mm2 2330 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 490 530 560 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.5 11.7 12.2 12.4 12.7 13.0 12.9
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

460 8.1 19 0.54 1.85
X80WMoCrV654 X82WMoV65 X82WMoCrV6-5-4 Z85WCDV6 A597 CM2
HOT-WORK TOOL STEELS
X37CrMoV5-1 (1.2343) X40CrMoV5-1 (1.2344) 40NiCrMoV16 KU (1.2776) 55NiCrMoV7 (1.2714)

X40Cr14 (1.2083) 40CrMnMoS8-6 (1.2312) 32CrMoV12-28 (1.2365) X38CrMoV5-3 (1.2367)
54NiCrMoV6 (1.2711) 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 (1.2738) 45NiCrMo16 (1.2767) 35NiCrMoV12-5 (1.6959)
130 Part two Hot-work tool steels
Technical card
X37CrMoV5-1
Quality X37CrMoV5-1
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% V%
max max
0,33-0,41 0,80-1,20 0,25-0,50 0,030 0,020 4,80-5,50 1,10-1,50 0,30-0,50
0.02 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.05 0.04
Temperature C
Hot forming Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
annealing after machining
1050-900 Pre-heating to 800 Immediately after 600-650 furnace and before quenching
pause, after 1000-1040 quenching 550-650 air cooling to 350
oil, polymer, minimum 2 cycles after, air
salt bath (450-500)
Soft Isothermal Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
800 furnace 880 furnace cooling 350 650 furnace cooling
cooling to 780 pause, after Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) furnace cooling 750 air 830 890 310 80
Hardness for the annealed and cold-drawn execution can be HB 249 max
Table of tempering after quenching at 1020 C in oil
HB 543 525 518 512 512 518 534 550 568 577 512 432 362
HRC 54 53 52.5 52 52 52.5 53.5 54.5 55.5 56 52 46 39
N/mm2 2010 1950 1915 1880 1880 1915 1980 2040 2115 2160 1880 1520 1220
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 215000 183000 176000 165000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 82000 70200 68000 63000
R* N/mm2 1600 1400 1300 1100 800 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1460 1200 1100 900 600 400
R* N/mm2 1200 1120 1000 850 580 400
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 900 800 650 420 250
HRC quenching 1040 C oil 53 54 54 49 39
HRC quenching 1040 C air 52 53 53 48 39
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700
*Shows the results of two different heat treatments.
Testing at Specific heat capacity Density Thermal Specific electric Conductivity

C J/(kgK) kg/dm3 conductivity W/(mK) resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
20 460 7.80 25.0 0.52 1.92
500 550 7.64 28.5 0.86 1.16
600 590 7.60 29.3 0.96 1.04
X37CrMoV5-1 X37CrMoV51KU (4Cr5MoSiV) X38CrMoV5-1 Z38CDV5 B-H11 (4KH5MFs.-U) H 11
Part two Hot-work tool steels 131
Technical card
X40CrMoV5-1
Quality X40CrMoV5-1
max max
0,35-0,42 0,80-1,20 0,25-0,50 0,030 0,020 4,80-5,50 1,20-1,50 0,85-1,15
0.02 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.05 0.05
Temperature C
1050-900 Pre-heating to 800 Immediately after 600-650 furnace and before quenching
pause, after 1020-1080 quenching cooling to
oil, polymer, 500-620 air 350 after, air
salt bath (450-500) minimum 2 cycles
820 furnace 880 furnace cooling to 780 350 650 furnace cooling
cooling pause, after furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) to 750 after, air 830 915 300 80
HB 560 543 525 512 504 512 525 543 577 577 512 455 390 301
HRC 55 54 53 52 51.5 52 53 54 56 56 52 48 42 32
N/mm2 2070 2010 1950 1880 1850 1880 1950 2010 2160 2160 1880 1640 1340 1010
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 215000 176000 165000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 82000 68000 63000
R* N/mm2 1600 1400 1300 1100 800 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1460 1200 1100 900 600 400
R* N/mm2 1200 1120 1000 850 580 400
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1060 900 800 650 420 250
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700

20 460 7.80 25.0 0.52 1.92
500 550 7.64 28.5 0.86 1.16
600 590 7.60 29.3 0.96 1.04
X40CrMoV5-1 X40CrMoV511KU (45Cr5MoSiV) X40CrMoV5-1 Z340CDV5 B-H 13 4KH5F1S H 13
Time-temperature transformation Austenitizing Temperature 1025 C

diagram for isothermal cooling
Ac3
X40CrMoV5-1 900
850
Ac1
800 pearlite 1%
750 pearlite 98%
700
650
austenite
600
550
500
450
400
350 bainite 1%
300 Ms bainite 50%
250
M 50%
200
150 M 80%
100
temperature [ C]
50
M 95%
0
time 1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [s]
1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [m]
1 2 4 8 16 32 [h]
+ 0,10
+ 0,05
1
dimensional variation %
0,00
2
3
0,05
tempering 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
temperature C
Dimensional variation % - Round 30 mm quenched at 1000 C in oil taken from GERDAU

Curve 1 = 1 tempering x 2 h
Technical card
40NiCrMoV16 KU
Quality 40NiCrMoV16 KU
According to standards UNI 2955 pt.4: 1982 Trafilix
max max
0,35-0,45 0,10-0,40 0,35-0,75 0,030 0,030 1,60-2,00 0,40-0,60 3,40-4,10 0,05-0,25
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.02
Temperature C
1100-900 Pre-heating to 600 Immediately after 630 furnace cooling and before quenching
pause, after 880 quenching 550-630 air to 350 after, air
oil, polymer, forced air minimum 2 cycles
or salth bath 480
Soft Isothermal Annealed + C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing cold-drawn welding after welding
650 810 furnace cooling 350 650 furnace cooling
air to 610 pause, furnace Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 277) cooling to 580 after, air (HB max 305) 680 785 290 70
HB 577 577 560 543 512 496 468 455 442 432 409 381 353 381
HRC 56 56 55 54 52 51 49 48 47 46 44 41 38 41
N/mm2 2160 2160 2070 2010 1880 1820 1700 1640 1580 1520 1430 1300 1180 1300
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Depending on machining depth Depth mm 20 50 100

on the die, following hardness
values are recommended HRC 43-46 37-40 30-36
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11.7 12.5 13.0 13.4 13.7 13.8
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600

460 7.84 33 0.30 3.33
40NiCrMoV16KU 35NiCrMo16 Y35NCD16
Technical card
55NiCrMoV7
Quality 55NiCrMoV7
max max
0.50-0.60 0.10-0.40 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.020 0.80-1.20 0.35-0.55 1.50-1.80 0.05-0.15
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.04 0.07 0.02
Temperature C
1050-850 Pre-heating to 700 Immediately after 650 furnace and before quenching
pause, after 870 quenching cooling to
polymer, 550-630 air 350 after, air
forced air or oil (40 C) minimum 2 cycles
680-700 raffr. 800 furnace cooling 350 650 forno
furnace until to 660 pause, Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
150 air (HB max 248) furnace cooling to 620 air 710 770 250 10
Table of tempering
HB 654 634 615 595 577 243 512 482 468 442 409 390 quenching at 860 C oli
HRC 60 59 58 57 56 54 52 50 49 47 44 42 quenching at 860 C oli
N/mm2 2420 2330 2240 2160 2010 1880 1760 1700 1580 1430 1340 quenching at 860 C oli
HB 560 512 482 442 421 400 371 336 301 quenching at 860 C air
HRC 55 52 50 47 45 43 40 36 32 quenching at 860 C air
N/mm2 2070 1880 1760 1580 1480 1390 1250 1110 1010 quenching at 860 C air
Temp. at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Depending on machining depth Depth mm 20 50 100

on the die, following hardness
values are recommended HRC 40-43 38-41 34-38
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 215000 198000 176000 165000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 82000 76000 68000 63000
R* N/mm2 1600 1350 1200 1000 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1150 1000 750 350
R* N/mm2 1200 1100 950 700 300
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1040 820 700 500 200
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 650 700

20 460 7.80 25.5 0.30 3.33
500 550 7.64 25.0 0.71 1.41
600 590 7.60 24.6 0.84 1.19
55NiCrMoV7 55NiCrMoV7KU 5CrNiMo 56NiCrMoV7 55NCDV7 BH 224 5KN2MF L6
Time-temperature transformation diagram for isothermal cooling 55NiCrMoV7 taken from GERDAU
900
austenite
800 Ac3
700 Ac1
ferrite 70 %
pearlite 30%
600
500
bainite
400
300
Ms 50%
200 M 50%
temperature C
M 90%
100
0 time [s]
1 10 102 103 104 105 106
Thermal cycle
1000
900 austenitizing
850 - 870
800
holding time
1/2 h for inc.
700 annealing
680 - 700
600
holding time
1,5 h for inc. oil, polymer
500 forced air
furnace
400
I tempering
II tempering
300
holding time air holding time air
1 h for inc. 1 h for inc.
200
temperature C
air
100
0
time
The tempering temperature depends on the required hardness. The temperature of II tempering must be 30 C lower than I tempering.
Technical card
X40Cr14
Quality X40Cr14
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr%
max max max max
0.36-0,42 1.00 1.00 0.030 0.030 12.50-14.50
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.15
Temperature C
Hot Pre-heating Quenching Tempering Tempering
forming
1110-850 850 pause 980-1010 180 see table
after oil or polymer (HRC 53)
Soft Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing welding after welding
750-800 slow cooling 300 550
in furnace Ac1 Ms
(HB max 241) 845 160
*The symbol indicates the temperature increase up to . C.
Tempering table values at room temperature for round 25 mm after quenching at 1010 C in oil.
HRC 54 53 52 52 52.5 54 52 50 46
N/mm2 2010 1950 1880 1880 1915 2010 1880 1760 1520
Tempering at C 100 200 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Nitriding in gaseous ammonia. The material should be hardened and tempered before nitriding.
Temperature C Time h Depth of hardening mm Surface hardness HV
525 20 0.20 1000
525 30 0.30 1000
525 60 0.40 1000
Modulus of elasticity N/mm2 210000 205000 198000 190000 177000

Tensile strength Rm N/mm2 1350 1) 1100 1)
Yield stress Rp N/mm2 1200 1) 980 1)
Density kg/dm 3 7.80 7.75 7.70
Thermal expansion 106/K1 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.0
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 300 400 500
1) Values obtained on material quenched in oil at 980 C and tempered at 550 C.
Thermal conductivity Specific heat capacity Specific electric resistivity

J/(kgK) ohmmm2/m
W/(mK) 16.5 19.8 24.1 460 0.65
C 20 250 500
X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 X40Cr14 (420)
1.2083
Technical card
40CrMnMoS8-6
Quality 40CrMnMoS8-6
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo%
max
0.35-0,45 0.30-0.50 1.40-1.60 0.030 0.05-0.10 1.80-2.00 0.15-0.25
0.03 0.03 0.08 + 0.005 0.01 0.07 0.04
Temperature C
Hot Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering
forming
1050-850 850-900 840-860 860-880 600-680
air oil or polymer calm air calm air
or forced minimum 2 cycles
Soft Stress Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving welding after welding
700-740 furnace cooling 50 C under 250-300 600 furnace cooling
max 20 C/h to 600 after air the temperature Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) of tempering 760 800 260 140
Heat treatment: quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 600 C.
N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv longitudinal J HB at the depth mm
R 1000 890 16 20 30 40 50 60 78 340 336 330 327 318 HB
Rp 0.2 880 750 100 150 200 250 300 mm
Test at C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
HB 543 525 520 512 496 482 468 450 432 400 371 336 301 286
HRC 54 53 52.5 52 51 50 49 47.5 46 43 40 36 32 30
R N/mm2 2010 1950 1900 1880 1820 1760 1700 1600 1520 1390 1250 1110 1010 950
Kv +20 J 9 9 9 8 9 14 20 30
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)]106 12.8 13.0 13.8 14.0 14.2 14.4 14.5
Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 210000 196000 177000
Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 81000 75200 68000
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 300 400 500 600 700
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Specific electric resistivity Conductivity
J(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 250 C 500 C ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 34.0 33.4 33.0 0.19 5.26
1.2312
Technical card
32CrMoV12-28
Quality 32CrMoV12-28
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V%
max max
0.28-0.35 0.10-0.40 0.15-0.45 0.030 0.020 2.70-3.20 2.50-3.00 0.40-0.70
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.04
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Stress relieving annealing
forming see table annealing must be done after machining
1050-900 I heating up to 400 pause, after immediately after 600-650 and before quenching
II heating up to 800 pause quenching furnace cooling
after 1030-1050 minimum 2 cycles to 350 after, air
oil, polymer
annealing relieving1) welding after welding
780-800 furnace cooling 50 C under 350-380 1)

Tempering table after quenching at 1040 C in oil.
HB 518 525 496 489 489 496 504 504 496 482 432 432 371
HRC 52.5 52 51 50.5 50.5 51 51.5 51.5 51 50 49 46 40
R N/mm2 1880 1820 1790 1790 1820 1850 1850 1820 1760 1700 1520 1250
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650

Thermal conductivity W/(mK) 30.0 30.1 29.7
Specific heat capacity J/(KgK) 460 550 590
Specific electric resistivity ohmmm2/m 0.37 0.78 0.89
Conductivity siemensm/mm2 2.70 1.28 1.12
Density kg/dm3 7.88 7.69 7.65
R hardened and tempered for N/mm2 1600 1350 1150 900 700
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1100 950 700 580
R hardened and tempered for N/mm2 1200 1050 900 650 520
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 850 730 480 360
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700
32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CDV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 32CrMoV12-28 H10
1.2365
Technical card
X38CrMoV5-3
Quality X38CrMoV5-3
max max
0.35-0.42 0.30-0.50 0.30-0.50 0.030 0.020 4.80-5.20 2.70-3.20 0.40-0.60
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.04
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Stress relieving annealing
forming see table annealing must be done after machining
1100-900 Heating up to 850 pause, Immediately after 600-650 and before quenching
after 1030-1080 oil, quenching furnace cooling
polymer, vacuum minimum 2 cycles to 300 after
10 C/min. air
annealing relieving1) welding after welding
800 furnace cooling 50 C under 350 1)

HB 577 560 543 512 512 512 512 525 543 543 543 512 432
HRC 56 55 54 52 52 52 52 53 54 54 54 52 46
R N/mm2 2160 2070 2010 1880 1880 1880 1880 1950 2010 2010 2010 1880 1520
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Mechanical values related to hardness HRC

HRC hardness R N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 A% Z%
52 1880 1552 12 35
48 1640 1331 13 38
44 1430 1179 13 40
R N/mm2 1600 1350 1150 900 700
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1150 950 700 580
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 650 700
Testing Specific heat capacity Density Thermal Specific electric Conductivity

at C J/(kgK) kg/dm3 conductivity W/(mK) resistivity ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
20 460 7.85 25.0 0.50 2.00
500 550 7.69 34.2 0.84 1.19
600 590 7.65 34.9 0.94 1.06
X38CrMoV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3 Z38CDV5-3 X38CrMoV5-3
1.2367
Technical card
54NiCrMoV6
Quality 54NiCrMoV6
According to standards Trafilix
max max
0.50-0.60 0.15-0.35 0.50-0.80 0.025 0.025 0.60-0.80 0.25-0.35 1.50-1.80 0.07-0.12
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Quenching Tempering
forming see table
1000-850 heating up to 650 870-900 immediately after
pause, after 830-870 air quenching
oil, polymer minimum 2 cycles
(HRC 52-58) (HRC 44-50)
Soft Stress relieving Stress relieving must be Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing done after machining welding after welding
660-700 furnace cooling 670 furnace cooling and before quenching 350 650 furnace cooling
to 150 after air to 300 after air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 720 790 280 50
Tempering table
HB 482 432 400 371 336 quenching in oil
HRC 50 46 43 40 36 quenching in oil
N/mm2 1760 1520 1390 1250 1110 quenching in oil
HB 455 409 381 353 327 quenching in air
HRC 48 44 41 38 35 quenching in air
N/mm2 1640 1430 1300 1180 1080 quenching in air
Tempering to C 400 500 550 600 650

Thermal conductivity W/(mK) 35.0 35.6 35.0
Specific heat capacity J/(kgK) 460 550 590
Specific electric resistivity ohmmm2/m 0.30 0.71 0.84
Conductivity siemensm/mm2 3.33 1.41 1.19
Density kg/dm3 7.80 7.64 7.60
R hardened and tempered for N/mm2 1600 1200 1000 600
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1450 1000 750 350
R hardened and tempered for N/mm2 1200 950 700 300
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1040 700 500 200
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
54NiCrMoV6 54NiCrMoV6
1.2711
Technical card
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
Quality 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
According to standards EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
max max
0.35-0.45 0.20-0.40 1.30-1.60 0.035 0.035 1.80-2.10 0.15-0.25 0.90-1.20
0.03 0.03 0.08 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07 0.03 0.07
By agreement, the sulphur content can be increased to 0.05-0.10%.
Temperature C
Hot Normalizing Quenching Tempering Tempering
forming
1050-850 850-900 840-860 860-880 500-600
air oil or polymer calm air calm air
or forced minimum 2 cycles
710-740 furnace cooling 50 C under 250-300 500 furnace cooling
Heat treatment: quenching at 850 C in oil, tempering at 600 C.
N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv longitudinal J HB at the depth mm
R 1020 900 18 20 25 35 40 50 75 340 340 340 336 330 310 HB
Rp 0.2 900 760 100 200 300 400 500 600 mm
Test at C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
HB 512 512 504 482 475 468 448 432 409 390 353 319 286
HRC 52 52 51.5 50 49,5 49 47,5 46 44 42 38 34 30
R N/mm2 1880 1880 1850 1760 1730 1700 1600 1520 1430 1340 1180 1050 950
Kv +20 J 10 10 10 10 10 14 20 32
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)]106 12.8 13.0 13.4 13.8 14.0 14.2 14.2 14.5
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 300 400 500 600 700
460 7.83 32 31.1 30 0.19 5.26
40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4 40CrMnNiMo8-6-4
1.2738
Technical card
45NiCrMo16
Quality 45NiCrMo16
According to standards EN ISO 4957: 2002 Trafilix
max max
0.40-0.50 0.10-0.40 0.20-0.50 0.030 0.030 1.20-1.50 0.15-0.35 3.80-4.30
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07 0.03 0.07
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
forming annealing after machining and before
1050-850 heating up to 680 immediately after quenching 630 furnace quenching
pause, after 840-870 200-600 air cooling to 350
oil, polymer (HRC 54-58) minimum 2 cycles after air
forced air (HRC 53-57)
630-650 50 C under 350 550 furnace cooling
air the temperature Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
HB 577 577 560 543 512 482 455 432 409 390 371 353
HRC 56 56 55 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38
R N/mm2 2160 2160 2070 2010 1880 1760 1640 1520 1430 1340 1250 1180
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)]106 11.7 12.5 13.0 13.4 13.7 13.8

Modulus of elasticity long. N/mm2 210000
Modulus of elasticity tang. N/mm2 80000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
Specific heat capacity Density Thermal conductivity Specific electric resistivity Conductivity
J(kgK) kg/dm3 W/(mK) ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.85 28 0.30 3.33
45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16 45NiCrMo16
1.2767
Technical card
35NiCrMoV12-5
Quality 35NiCrMoV12-5
According to standards Werkstoff Trafilix
max max
0,30-0,40 0,15-0,35 0,40-0,70 0,015 0,015 1,00-1,40 0,35-0,60 2,50-3,50 0,08-0,20
Temperature C
Hot Quenching Tempering Stress Stress relieving must be done
forming see table relieving after machining and before
1100-900 heating up to 650 immediately after quenching 680 furnace quenching
pause, after 850 minimum 2 cycles cooling to 300
oil, polymer, after air
forced air
750 furnace cooling 50 C under the 300 550 furnace cooling
max 20 C/h to 600, temperature of tempering, Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
pause, after air furnace cooling 710 800 320 100
(HB max 240) max 20 C/h
to 300, after air
Flame and induction Nitriding
hardening
850-870 500-530
water, oil
Tempering table values at room temperature after quenching at 850 C in oil.
HB 468 435 420 381 375
HRC 49 46.5 44.5 41 38.5
N/mm2 1700 1550 1460 1300 1200
Tempering at C 450 500 550 600 650
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)]106 11.1 12.1 13.4 14.8

R after tempering at 550 C N/mm2 1460 1280
Rp 0.2 after tempering at 550 C N/mm2 1320 1120
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 500
460 7.85 24.7 24.3 23.9 0.19 5.26
35NiCrMoV12-5 35NiCrMoV12-5 38ChN3MFA
1.6959
COLD-WORK TOOL STEELS
35CrMo7 40CrMnMo7 100CrMo7 110W4 KU 90MnCrV8 X38CrMo16

X153CrMoV12 X210Cr12 58SiMo8 KU 60WCrV8 C45U
Part two Cold-work tool steels 145
Technical card
35CrMo7
Quality 35CrMo7
max max
0,30-0,40 0,30-0,70 0,60-1,00 0,030 0,030 1,50-2,00 0,35-0,55
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.07 0.05
Temperature C
Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Quenching Tempering
1050-900 850-900 840-860 860-880 650-670

air oil or polymer air air
minimum 2 cycles
720-740 250-300 600 furnace cooling
calm air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) 760 780 340 100
Usually supplied quenched and tempered with hardness of about 300 HB
HB 496 482 482 468 461 455 437 421 400 381 353 327 286
HRC 51 50 50 49 48.5 48 46.5 45 43 41 38 35 30
N/mm2 1820 1760 1760 1700 1670 1640 1550 1480 1390 1300 1180 1080 950
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650

Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500

460 7.85 33 0.19 5.26
35CrMo7 35CrMo8KU 5CrMnMo 40CrMnMo7 4H2GM
146 Part two Cold-work tool steels
Technical card
40CrMnMo7
Quality 40CrMnMo7
max max
0.35-0.45 0.20-0.40 1.30-1.60 0.035 0.035 1.80-2.10 0.15-0.25
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching 1) Tempering 1) Quenching 2) Stress relieving 2)
after machining and
before quenching
1050-850 840-870 650-670 860-880 180-220
oil or polymer calm air calm air calm air
s.b. (180-210) minimum 2 cycles or faster
Soft Stress Normalizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving test welding after welding
720-780 furnace 50 under the 850-900 250-300 650 furnace cooling
cooling 20h temperature of Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) tempering 760 800 260 140
s.b. = salt bath
Heat treatment: quenching at 860 C in oil, tempering at 600 C
Means values to 1/2 tickness on round 400 mm
N/mm2 N/mm2 Kv J in longitudinal HB at the depth mm
R 1000 890 8 20 30 40 50 60 75 294 286 264 min
Rp 0.2 880 750 336 327 311 max
C 20 200 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 100 200 300 prof. mm

HB 496 496 489 482 468 455 442 432 409 390 353 336 271 240
HRC 51 51 50.5 50 49 48 47 46 44 42 38 36 28 21
N/mm2 1820 1820 1790 1760 1700 1640 1580 1520 1430 1340 1180 1110 900 800
Kv J 8 8 8 7 9 14 20 30
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 12.8 13.0 13.4 13.8 14.0 14.2 14.4 14.5
Testing at C 20 100 200 250 300 400 500 600 700
460 7.83 34 33.4 33 0.19 5.26
35CrMo8 35CrMo8KU (5CrMnMo) 40CrMnMo7 40H2GM
Technical card
100CrMo7
Quality 100CrMo7
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Cu% Al%
max max max max
0.93-1.05 0.15-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.025 0.015 1.65-1.95 0.15-0.30 0.30 0.050
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.03 +0.03 +0.010
Temperature C
Hot forming Pre-heating Quenching Tempering Stress relieving Annealing must be done
annealing after machining and
1100-850 400 850 150-220 600-650 before final heat treatment
stop in furnace oil, polymer or calm air furnace cooling
after 850 s.b. 500-550
Soft Isothermal +AC +C Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing annealing +AC Ann. Cold-drawn welding after welding
730 800 furnace cooling to 720 250-300 650 furnace cooling
air after furnace to 600 after, air Ac1 start Ac1 end Ms Mf
(HB max 217) (HB max 251) 755 785 200 -10 b)
s.b. = salt bath
b) subcooling
HB 739 739 722 670 615 595 613 512 482 432 415 344 286 253
HRC 65 65 64 61 58 57 56 52 50 46 44.5 37 30 25
R N/mm2 2000 2400 2430 2300 2150 1950 1770 1610 1450 1240 1000 840
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1800 2050 2150 2090 1960 1810 1650 1500 1350 1150 900 750
A % 3.0 4.6 6.4 9.0 12.5 16.5
C % 15 20 30 38 44 52
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
HRC from surface to heart for different quenched at 850 C in oil Hardening in oil on round
Variations in hardness show the mass effect 20 mm
mm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 C HRC
20 66 66 65.5 800 62
30 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 820 64
40 65.5 65.5 65.5 65 65 840 65.5
50 65.5 64 62 61 60.5 60.5 850 66
60 64.5 63 58.5 54 52 51.5 51 860 66
80 62.5 58 50.5 47.5 46 45 44.5 44 43.5 880 66
100 61 56 49 46.5 45 44.5 43.5 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 900 65
100CrMo7 100CrMo7 GC18Mo 100CrMo7 100CD7 A485(3)
110W4 KU 148 Part two Cold-work tool steels
Quality 110W4 KU Technical card

C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% W% V% a)
0.95-1.25 0.40 0.35 0.030 0.030 0.25 0.90-1.20 0.20
0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 + 0.05 0.07 + 0.02
a) optional.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress Pre-heating Quenching 1) Quenching 2) Stress relieving
relieving for 1) and 2)
1050-850 600-650 400 780-820 810-830 180
calm air after 1) or 2) water oil or polymer calm air
min. 2 cycles
720 furnace cooling 250-300 650 furnace cooling
to 500 after, air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 230) 750 780 200 10 b)
b) subcooling
* The symbol indicates the temperature increase up to . C.
HB 758 748 714 679 634 595 560 518 482 442 400 362
HRC 66 65.5 63.5 61.5 59 57 55 52.5 50 47 43 39
N/mm2 2420 2240 2070 1915 1760 1580 1390 1220
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500

460 7.85 31.5 0.30 3.33
110W4KU 120WV4 B-F1 F1
Technical card
90MnCrV8
Quality 90MnCrV8
max max
0.85-0.95 0.10-0.40 1.80-2.20 0.030 0.030 0.20-0.50 0.05-0.20
0.03 0.03 0.08 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.02
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Stress relieving
After machining and
before quenching
1050-850 650 furnace cooling 400 pause 790-820 180-220
to 320 after, air after 650 pause oil, polymer or calm air
after salt bath (200-250 C) minimum 2 cycles
annealing annealing welding after welding
700 780 furnace cooling to 250-300 650 furnace cooling
calm air 690 pause, furnace Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) cooling a 650 air (HB max 220) 720 750 190 20 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be 249 max
b) subcooling
*The symbol indicates the temperature increase up to . C.
HB 739 722 706 688 654 595 543 496 390 353
HRC 65 64 63 62 60 57 54 51 42 38
N/mm2 2240 2010 1820 1340 1180
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600
HRC round quenched at 810C in oil

mm surface 1/2 radius centre
40 65 64 64
50 65 64 63
60 64 63 62
70 64 58 52

Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500

460 7.85 30 0.35 2.85
90MnCrV8 90MnCrV8KU 9MnV 90MnCrV8 90MV8 B-O 2 02
Technical card
X38CrMo16
Quality X38CrMo16
max max max max max
0.33-0.45 1.00 1.50 0.030 0.030 15.50-17.50 0.80-1.30 1.00
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.15 0.05 0.07
By agreement upon the Sulphur value can be increased and the Nickel value can be omitted.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Quenching 1) Tempering 1) Quenching 2) Stress relieving 2)
After machining and
before quenching
1050-850 1000-1050 550-650 1000-1050 170-210
oil or polymer calm air calm air or calm air
s.b. (500-550) minimum 2 cycles forced air
Soft Stress Spheroidizing Hardenability Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing relieving test welding after welding
790-840 50 under the 250-300 650 furnace cooling
furnace cooling temperature of Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) tempering 810 900 260 40
s.b. = salt bath
HB 468 468 455 442 432 432 432 432 442 448 371 301
HRC 49 49 48 47 46 46 46 46 47 47.5 40 32
N/mm2 1700 1700 1640 1580 1520 1520 1520 1520 1580 1610 1250 1010
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 10.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.8 11.9 12.4 12.9
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800

430 7.71 15 0.80 1.25
X38CrMo16 X38CrMo16 1KU X38CrMo16 40H16M
Technical card
X153CrMoV12
Quality X153CrMoV12
Number (1.2379) Lucefin Group
max max
1.45-1.60 0.10-0.60 0.20-0.60 0.030 0.030 11.0-13.0 0.70-1.00 0.70-1.00
0.04 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.15 0.05 0.04
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1) Stress Soft
after machining and relieving 1) annealing
before quenching
1050-900 650-700 400 pause 1000-1040 180-250 790-840
furnace cooling after 800 pause oil, polymer calm air calm air
320 air after 1) or 2) or air min. 2 cycles (HB max 255)
Quenching 2) Tempering 2) Stress relieving 2) Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
solution A solution B annealing welding after welding
1060-1090 520 180-250 870 furnace cooling to 250-300 650 furnace cooling
oil or polymer calm air calm air 760 pause, furnace cooling
to 720 air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 250) 800 840 200 10 b)
b)subcooling
HB 722 714 706 688 670 654 624 624 644 644 605 482
HRC 64 63.5 63 62 61 60 58.5 58.5 59.5 59.5 57.5 50
N/mm2 2375 2375 2285 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600
J/(kgK) kg/dm3 20 C 400 C resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 7.7 22.3 24.1 0.65 1.54
X153CrMoV12 X155CrVMo121 Cr12MoV X155CrVMo121 X160CrMoV121 BD 2 H12MF D2
Time-temperature transformation Austenitizing temperature 1020 C
diagram for isothermal cooling 900
X153CrMoV12. 850
Taken from GERDAU. Ac3
800 pearlite 1%
Ac1
750 Ar3 255
pearlite pearlite
700 50% 300
Ar1 99%
650 345
hardness HV
600
550
500
450
400
350
bainite 1%
300
250
Ms
200
150
M 50%
temperature C
100
50
M 85%
0
time 1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [s]
1 2 4 8 15 30 60 [m]
1 2 4 8 16 32 [h]
+ 0,10
+ 0,05
dimensional variation %
0,00
- 0,05
tempering 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
temperature [ c]
Dimensional variation in %
Round 50 mm quenched in oil at 1000 C. Two tempering operations for 2 h taken from GERDAU.
Technical card
X210Cr12
Quality X210Cr12
max max
1.90-2.20 0.10-0.60 0.20-0.60 0.030 0.030 11.0-13.0
0.05 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.15
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1) Quenching 2) Stress
after machining and relieving
before quenching for 1) and 2)
1050-950 650 400 pause 940-970 960 180-300
furnace cooling after 800 pause oil or polymer air or s.b. (220-250) calm air
to 320 after, air after 1) or 2) s.b. (500-550) for dimens. minimum 2 cycles
< 25 mm

790-820 850 furnace cooling 250-300 650 furnace cooling
calm air to 770 pause furnace cooling to Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 248) 720 air (HB max 240) 800 840 200 10 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 268 max.
b) subcooling
s.b. = salt bath

HB 730 722 722 706 688 662 634 615 577 543 496 432
HRC 64.5 64 64 63 62 60.5 59 58 56 54 51 46
N/mm2 2420 2330 2160 2010 1820 1520
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600

460 7.7 20 0.65 1.54
X210Cr12 X205Cr12KU C12 X210Cr12 Z200C12 BD 3 H12 D3
Technical card
58SiMo8 KU
Quality 58SiMo8 KU
max max ~
0.50-0.65 1.70-2.10 0.70-0.90 0.030 0.030 0.30 0.25-0.45
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.03
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1) Quenching 2) Tempering
after machining and for 1) and 2)
before quenching
1100-900 630 furnace 400 pause 840-860 860-900 250-450
cooling after 1) or 2) water oil or calm air
to 330 after, air polymer min. 2 cycles

740 800 furnace cooling to 250-300 630 furnace cooling
calm air 730 pause furnace cooling to Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 240) 650 pause after, air (HB max 230) 770 850 240 20
HB 670 654 634 620 615 595 582 543 482 442 409 366 319
HRC 61 60 59 58.5 58 57 56.5 54 50 47 44 39.5 34
N/mm2 2420 2380 2330 2240 2200 2010 1760 1580 1430 1235 1050
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
58SiMo8KU 60SiCr8 BS 5 S5
Technical card
60WCrV8
Quality 60WCrV8
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% V% W%
max max ~
0.55-0.65 0.70-1.00 0.15-0.45 0.030 0.030 0.90-1.20 0.10-0.20 1.70-2.20
0.03 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.05 0.02 0.07
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Stress
after machining and relieving
before quenching
1050-900 650 furnace cooling 400 pause 870-900 180-250
to 350 after, air after oil or polymer calm air
minimum 2 cycles
750 820 furnace cooling 250-300 630 furnace cooling
calm air to 740 pause, furnace cooling Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 229) to 700 after, air (HB 220-230) 770 820 270 50
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 249 max
Table of tempering 25 mm after quenching at 890 C in oil
HB 697 688 679 654 634 605 577 543 482
HRC 62.5 62 61.5 60 59 57.5 56 54 50
N/mm2 2420 2285 2160 2010 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450

Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500

J/(kgK) kg/dm3 termica W/(mK) resist. ohmmm2/m siemensm/mm2
460 8.0 25 0.3 3.33
60WCrV8 58WCr9KU 6CrW2Si 60WCrV7 55WC20 6HV2FS S1
Technical card
C45U
Quality C45U
max max
0.42-0.50 0.15- 0.40 0.60-0.80 0.030 0.030
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Temperature C
Hot forming State of Quenching Stress
employment and Tempering relieving
1100-850 normally, be natural 830 oil, tempering 450 C 50 C under the
R 650 N/mm2 temperature of
Rp 0.2 560 N/mm2 temp.
Soft Soft Hardenability test Pre-heating Stress relieving
annealing +A annealing +A+C quenching tempering welding after welding
690 hardness of cold-drawn 810 10 180 10 250 550 furnace cooling
air material can be HB 227 max water HRC min 54 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 207) higher than +A 720 780 320 20
Table of tempering values at room temperature for thickness 10 mm after quenching at 810 C in water
HB 624 615 577 543 512 455 432 390 362 327
HRC 58.5 58 56 54 52 48 46 42 39 35
N/mm2 2375 2330 2160 2010 1880 1640 1520 1340 1220 1080
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
min 55 51 37 30 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20
max 62 61 61 60 57 51 44 37 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27

Testing at C E long. G tang. < 250 mm 250-500 [m/(mK)] 106 C1
20 210000 80000
100 205000 78000 11.1
200 195000 74000 12.1
300 185000 71000 12.9
400 175000 67000 13.5
500 13.9
600 155000 59000 14.1

460 7.85 50 0.12 8.33
C45U C45U (45) Y3 42 C45U 45G-U 1045
HIGH-SPEED STEELS
HS 6-5-2-5 HS 2-9-1-8 HS 6-5-2C HS 10-4-3-10

158 Part two High-speed steels
Quality HS 6-5-2-5 Technical card

HS 6-5-2-5

C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% V% W% Co%
max max max max
0.87-0.95 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.10 5.90-6.70 4.50-5.00
0.03 + 0.03 +0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.07 0.10 0.10
The sulphur value can be agreed upon S% 0.060 - 0.150 in such case the Mn value is max 0.80%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching Tempering
after machining and Heatings must be done in
before quenching controlled-atmosphere
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1190-1230 550-580
furnace cooling after 870 pause oil, polymer, calm air
to 320 air after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles
after at 500-550
Soft Isothermal Pre-heating Stress relieving
820 furnace cooling 870 furnace cooling All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
to 600 after, air to 700 annealed after hot forming Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 269) after, air 825 855 190 50 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 319 max. Hardness of annealed and cold rolled material can be HB 339
b) subcooling
Surface treatments
Nitriding Steam Crome-plating
Oxidation Burnishing
520-570 380-520 Laser quenching
Table of tempering values at 1210 C in oil for round 15 mm
HB 688 688 688 688 688 688 688 688 697 722 739 706 577 432
HRC 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62.5 64 65 63 56 46
N/mm2 2160 1520
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

460 8.1 19 0.60 1.67
HS 6-5-2-5 HS 6-5-2-5 W6Mo5Cr4V2Co5 HS 6-5-2-5 Z90WDKCV06-05-05-04-02 BM35 R6M5K5 M35-M41
Part two High-speed steels 159

HS 2-9-1-8

max max max max
1.05-1.15 0.70 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.50-4.50 9.0-10.0 0.90-1.30 1.20-1.90 7.50-8.50
0.03 + 0.03 +0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.10
Temperature C
before quenching controlled-atmosphere furnace
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1170-1210 530-560
to 320 after, air after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles
after at 500-550
820 furnace cooling 890 furnace cooling All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
600 afterr, air to 650 annealed after hot forming Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 277) after air 780 860 160 10 b)
Hardness of annealed and cold-drawn material can be HB 327 max. Hardness of annealed and cold-rolled material can be HB 347
b) subcooling
Surface treatments
Nitriding Steam Crome-plating
Oxidation Burnishing
520-570 380-520 Laser quenching
HB 679 679 679 679 679 670 670 679 706 722 543 482
HRC 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61 61 61.5 63 67.5 69 64 54 50
N/mm2 2010 1760
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Mod. of elasticity tangenzial N/mm2 83000
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

460 8.3 19 0.65 1.54
HS 2-9-1-8 HS 2-9-1-8 W2Mo9Cr4VCo8 HS 2-10-1-8 Z110DKCWV09-08-04-02-01 BM42 M42
Achievable cutting speeds carbide insert

Annealed hot-rolled 0.5 / 1 1/4 4/8 ap depth of cut mm
0.1 / 0.3 0.2 / 0.4 0.3 / 0.6 fn feed mm/rev
210 / 150 160 / 110 110 / 80 Vc cutting speed m/min
160 Part two High-speed steels
Technical card
HS 6-5-2C
Quality HS 6-5-2C
max max max max
0.86-0.94 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 4.70-5.20 1.70-2.10 5.90-6.70
0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.07 0.10
The sulphur value can be agreed upon S% 0.060-0.150 in such case the Mn value is max 0.80%.
Temperature C
Hot forming Stress relieving Pre-heating Quenching 1 Tempering 2 Tempering
after machining and Heatings must be done
before quenching in controlled-atmosphere immediately after
quenching
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1180-1230 540-560 500-550
furnace cooling after 850 pause oil, polymer, calm air calm air
to 400 after air after 1050 pause air forced or salt
after bath at 500-550
820 furnace 870 furnace All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
cooling to 550 cooling annealed after hot forming
after air to 700 air Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 269) (HB 230-280) 800 845 210 30 b)
b) subcooling
HB 722 706 670 688 697 722 739 722 688 560 442
HRC 64 63 61 62 62.5 64 65 64 62 55 47
N/mm2 2070 1580
Tempering at C 100 200 300 400 500 525 550 575 600 650 700
Thermal expansion [m/(mK)] 106 11 11.7 12 12.4 12.7 13.0 13.4 13.4
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800

460 8.12 19 0.54 1.85
HS 6-5-2C HS 6-5-2 CW6Mo5Cr4V2 HS 6-5-2 1.3343 Z90WDCV06.05.02 BM2 R6M5 M2

0.2 / 0.3 0.2 / 0.4 0.3 / 0.6 fn feed mm/rev
Part two High-speed steels 161

HS 10-4-3-10

max max max max
1.20-1.35 0.45 0.40 0.030 0.030 3.80-4.50 3.20-3.90 3.00-3.50 9.00-10.00 9.50-10.50
0.03 + 0.03 + 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.15
Temperature C
before quenching controlled-atmosphere
1100-900 600-650 450 pause 1210-1240 550-570
after 1050 pause air forced or salt bath minimum 2 cycles
after at 500-550
770-840 All high-speed steels must be not recommended not recommended
air annealed after hot forming Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 302) 830 870 160 55 b)
b) subcooling
HB 722 722 714 706 688 679 688 706 739 758 758 739 688 560
HRC 64 64 63.5 63 62 61.5 62 63 65 66 66 65 62 55
N/mm2 2070
Tempering at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

460 8.3 19 0.80 1.25
HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 HS 10-4-3-10 1.3207 Z130WKCDV 10.10.04.04.03 BT42 r12F3K10M3-SCh

0.2 / 0.3 0.2 / 0.4 0.3 / 0.6 fn feed mm/rev
STAINLESS STEELS
X8CrNiS18-9 (AISI 303) X5CrNi18-10 (AISI 304) X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (AISI 316)

X12CrS13 (AISI 416) X20Cr13 (AISI 420) X6Cr17 (AISI 430) X17CrNi16-2 (AISI 431)
Part two Stainless steels 163
Technical card
X8CrNiS18-9
Quality X8CrNiS18-9 AISI 303 Austenitic
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Cu%
0,10 1,00 2,00 0,045 0,15-0,35 17,0-19,0 0,11 8,0-10,0 1,00
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.02 0.20 0.01 0.10 0.07
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Solubilization Stabilization Hardening Welding
range Pre-heating Stress relieving
1440-1460 1200-900 1150-1040 900 can be increased not recommended
water air only by
controlled atmosphere cold drawing
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min max
160 500-700 190 35 230 solubilization
a) for information only
Cold-drawn +C EN 10088-3: 2005 (solubilization of material is recommended before cold drawing) n

mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
35 700-850 350 20 tensile strength levels 700
Cold processed bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P

mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min J min
10 a) 600-950 400 15
10 16 600-950 400 15
16 40 500-850 190 20 100
40 63 500-850 190 20 100
63 160 500-750 190 35 100
a) In the range 1mm d < 5 mm valid only for rounds the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be
agreed upon at the time of enquiry and order.
Work-hardness by cold drawing

R N/mm2 620 800 1000 1180 1350 1500 1650 1780
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 250 550 700 880 1020 1180 1320 1430
Reduction % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Forged BS 970 pt.1: 1996 UK 303S31 solution annealing

mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L J min L
160 510 190 40
164 Part two Stainless steels
X8CrNiS18-9 AISI 303

Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 200000 194000 186000 179000 172000 165000 127000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 77000 74000 71000 69000 66000 63000 50000
Thermal conductivity W/(mK) 15.3 16.3 17.5 19.9 21.5 25.1
Specific electric resist. ohmmm2/m 0.73 0.86 0.97 1.15
Specific heat capacity J/(kgK) 500 510 550 630
Conductivity siemensm/mm2 1.37
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 800
Density Mean coefficient of linear expansion 106/K Magnetic Resistence to

permeability r intergranular corrosion
kg/dm3 20 C a 200 C 20 C a 400 C 20 C a 600 C 1.008 in the
7.84 16.8 17.8 18.8 delivery condition sensitized condition
no no
X8CrNiS18-9 X10CrNiS18-09 Y1Cr18Ni9 X10CrNiS18-9 Z8CNF18-09 303S31 303
% Ferrite
Nickel eq. %Ni + (30 x %C) + (30 x %N) + (0,5 x %Mn)
24 0
2
Austenite 4
6
20 8
10
12
14
16
Austenite
+ Ferrite
12
18 20 22 24 25
Chromium eq. %Cr + %Mo + (1,5 x %Si) + (0,5 x %Nb)
% Calculation of ferrite by De Long diagram
A deep study of the chemical analysis is the best way to prevent (delta) ferrite presence in the finished product.
As you can notice from the graphic some elements brought to the maximum or to the minimum of the analysis forks fixed for the chosen steel
can act modifying equivalent Ni and equivalent Cr values.An accurate choice of targets during cast planning phase can prevent material brit-
tleness caused by delta ferrite shaping.
Technical card
X5CrNi18-10
Quality X5CrNi18-10 AISI 304 Austenitic
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Cu%
0,07 1,00 2,00 0,045 0,030 17,5-19,5 0,11 8,0-10,5
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.20 0.01 0.10
Temperature C
1400-1420 1180-950 1030-1070 900 can be increased not demanded slow cooling
water air only by
size Testing at room temperature
mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T max
160 500-700 190 45 100 215 solubilization
160 250 500-700 190 35 60 215 solubilization
Cold-drawn +C EN 10088-3: 2005 (solubilization of material is recommended before cold drawing)

mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T

mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
10 a) 600-950 400 25
10 16 600-950 400 25
16 40 600-850 190 30 100
40 63 580-850 190 30 100
63 160 500-700 190 45 100
160 250 500-700 190 35 60
a) In the range 1 mm d < 5 mm valid only for rounds the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be

R N/mm2 600 700 850 960 1100 1200 1340 1480 1650
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 300 560 720 850 960 1080 1200 1310 1440
A % 35.0 25.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.0 5.5 5.0
C % 72 70 68 60 55 47 44 40 38
Reduction % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 solution annealing

/thickness R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C Kv 150 C Kv 196 C
to N/mm2 N/mm2 min J min L J min L J min T
675/450 500-700 190 30 100 60 60 60
X5CrNi18-10 AISI 304

Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature, properties after solubilization EN 10088-3: 2005
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 155 140 127 118 110 104 98 95 92 90 hot-rolled
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 157 142 127 118 110 104 98 95 92 90 forged
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 193000 186000 179000 172000 165000 154000 127000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 86200 83000 80000 76800 73700 60000 50000
Specific electric resist. ohmmm2/m 0.72 0.78 0.86 1.00 1.11 1.21 1.26
Conductivity siemensm/mm2 1.39 1.28 1.16 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79
Specific heat capacity J/(kgK) 500 510 550 585 630
Mean coefficient of linear exp. 106/K 16.8 17.8 18.8 20.2
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 900
Density Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Magnetic Resistence to

kg/dm3 20 C 100 C 200 C 400 C 500 C 600 C 800 C 1.008 in the
7.93 15 16.3 17.5 19.9 21.5 22.5 25.1 delivery condition sensitized condition
yes no
Heat Temperature (+ ...C) - minimum values Fatigue behaviour

treatment 20 100 200 300 350 400 500 550 600 650 700 750
2) 190 155 127 110 104 98 92 90 80 70 Rp 0.2 N/mm2
2) 190 130 85 55 35 Creep rupture, 10.000 h N/mm2 1)
2) 140 90 50 30 15 Creep rupture, 100.000 h N/mm2 1)
1) creep rupture strength
2) +AT solubilization, 1000-1080C
X5CrNi18-10 X5CrNi18-10 0Cr18Ni9 X5CrNi18-10 Z5CN18-09 304S15 07H18-09 304
Indicative diagram of
work-hardness by cold drawing
R N/mm2
2000
AISI 303
AISI 304
AISI 316
1500
AISI 420
1000
500
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 reduction (%)
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 Part two Stainless steels 167
Quality X5CrNiMo17-12-2 AISI 316 Austenitic Technical card

C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% N% Ni% Mo%
0,07 1,00 2,00 0,045 0,030 16,5-18,5 0,11 10,0-13,0 2,0-2,5
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.20 0.01 0.15 0.10
Temperature C
1400-1420 1200-900 1100-1050 900 can be increased not demanded slow cooling
water air only by
mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T max
160 500-700 200 40 100 215 solubilization
160 250 500-700 200 30 60 215 solubilization
Cold-drawn +C EN 10088-3: 2005 (solubilization of material is recommended before cold drawing)

mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C

mm R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
10 a) 600-950 400 25
10 16 580-950 380 25
16 40 500-850 200 30 100
40 63 500-850 200 30 100
63 160 500-700 200 40 100
160 250 500-700 200 30 60
a) In the range 1 mm d < 5 mm valid only for rounds the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be

R N/mm2 570 700 850 1000 1150 1250 1320 1480
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 340 520 650 780 850 920 1040 1120
A % 26.0 13.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 5.0 3.5 3.0
C % 74 65 60 55 52 50 46 44
Reduction % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 solution annealing

/thickness R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L J min L J min T
375/250 500-700 200 30 100 60
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 AISI 316

Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature, properties after solubilization EN 10088-3: 2005
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 175 158 145 135 127 120 115 112 110 108 hot-rolled
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 177 162 147 137 127 120 115 112 110 108 forged
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550

Mod. of elasticity longitudinal N/mm2 200000 194000 186000 179000 172000 165000 154000 127000
Mod. of elasticity tangential N/mm2 89000 87000 83000 80000 76800 73700 60000 50000
Specific electric resist. ohmmm2/m 0.75 0.86 0.97 1.07 1.15
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 800

kg/dm3 20 C 200 C 400 C 600 C 800 C 1.008 in the
7.96 15 17.5 19.9 22.5 25.1 delivery condition sensitized condition
yes no
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 X5CrNiMo17 12 0Cr17Ni12Mo2 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 Z7CND17-12-02 316S31 07H16N12M2 316
Schaeffler diagram 0% 5% % Ferrite

27 10%
24
austenite
20%
21
Nichel eq. = %Ni + (30 x %C) + (30 x %N) + (0,5 x %Mn)
40%
18
15 80%
A+M
12
A+F
martensite 100%
9
6 A + M +F
3 F+ M+F ferrite
M
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
Chromium eq. = %Cr + %Mo + (1,5 x %Si) + (0,5 x %Nb)
This diagram is divided in three main areas which correspond to the three different structures of the weld bead: austenitic, ferritic and marten-
sitic. Thanks to this calculation method, it is possible to determine before-hand the structures which are likely to be present in the weld bead
and therefore to correctly choose the weld material according to the final structure one wants to obtain.
The presence of an austenitic structure means that the material has a low thermal conductivity and a high thermal expansion coefficient;
for this reason, a weld material with the same chemical composition should be used.
The presence of high quantities of ferrite in the weld material can be negative from the standpoint of resistance to corrosion and its duc-
tility.
The presence of a certain quantity of martensite in the weld material causes a worsening of the mechanical properties and the forma-
tion of hard and fragile areas.
According to the metals initial composition, it is possible to have these different structures simultaneously.
Technical card
X12CrS13
Quality X12CrS13 AISI 416 Martensitic
max max max max
0,06-0,15 1,00 1,50 0,040 0,15-0,35 12,0-14,0 0,60
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.02 0.15 0.03
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Tempering Welding
1470-1490 1150-900 920-980 980-1010 I 680
air oil or polymer II 660 300 600
Stress Soft Full Spheroidizing min. 2 temp.
relieving annealing annealing for dim. >200 mm
210-250 750-780 air 850-870 slow cooling 885 furnace Ac1 Ms Mf
air (HB max 220) (HB 135-160) 595 after, air 820 330 175
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L max
730 max 220 a) +A annealed
160 650-850 450 12 +QT 650 quenching and tempering

mm R HB a) R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
from to N/mm 2 max N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T
10 b) 880 280 700-1000 550 8
10 16 880 280 700-1000 500 8
16 40 800 250 650-930 450 10
40 63 760 230 650-880 450 10
63 160 730 220 650-850 450 12
+A annealed +QT 650 quenched and tempered
b) In the range 1 mm d < 5 mm valid only for rounds the mechanical properties of non round bars with thicknesses < 5 mm have to be
R N/mm2 1490 1450 1420 1410 1430 1450 1420 1150 860 740 690
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1210 1170 1150 1150 1160 1180 1140 870 650 550 500
A % 10.8 10.8 10.9 12.0 12.5 13.0 16.0 16.5 18.0 20.0 21.5
Kv % 25 30 26 19 18 17 18 20 31 49 90
Testing at C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Forged BS 970 pt. 4 : 1970 UK 416S21 quenched and tempered

/mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min L min L
152 532-684 334 20 58 J < 63 mm 49 J 63-152 mm tempering 650-750 C
63 684-836 486 15 34 J tempering 600-700 C
X12CrS13 AISI 416

Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperatures
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 240 235 230 225 225 220 210 195 annealed
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 430 420 410 400 382 365 335 305 quenched and tempered
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 800
Density Thermal conductivity W/(mk) Magnetic Resistence to

kg/dm3 20 C 200 C 400 C 600 C 800 C permeability r hot oxidation
7.70 25.1 26.5 27.7 27.4 25.0 up to 600 C
X12CrS13 X12CrS13 Y1Cr13 X12CrS13 Z11CF13 416S21 416
Indicative transition curves for X12CrS13 in various conditions of heat treatment
125
g
100 erin
te mp
and
ing
nch
que
80
g
KCU (J)
alin
60 ne
an
40
0
150 100 50 0 50 100
Temperature
Technical card
X20Cr13
Quality X20Cr13 AISI 420 Martensitic
max max max max
0,16-0,25 1,00 1,50 0,040 0,030 12,0-14,0
0.02 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.15
Temperature C
1460-1490 1150-880 900-980 air 950-1050 oil I 700
or polymer II 650 300 700
Stress Soft Full Spheroidizing
relieving annealing annealing
150-250 740-820 air 870-900 slow cool. 860 furnace cool. Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
air (HB max 230) (HB 170-200) to 650 after, air 790 850 240 205
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C HB a)
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L Jmin L max
760 max 230 +A annealed
160 700-850 500 13 25 +QT quenched and tempered R 700
160 800-950 600 12 20 +QT quenched and tempered R 800
Cold processed bright bars EN 10083-3: 2005 in conditions 2H, 2B, 2G, 2P
mm R HB a) R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 max max N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min L J min T
10 b) 910 290 750-1000 600 8
10 16 910 290 750-1000 550 8
16 40 850 260 700-950 500 10 25
40 63 800 250 700-900 500 12 25
63 160 760 230 700-850 500 13 25
+A annealed +QT 700 quenching and tempering

R N/mm2 600 670 750 800 850 880 900 930
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 350 500 620 650 740 800 820 840
A % 36 22 15 14 12 11 10 9
C % 58 52 42 36 34 33 32 30
Reduction % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
R N/mm2 1620 1600 1560 1540 1550 1570 1500 1230 910 780 700
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1330 1290 1270 1260 1260 1250 1200 910 680 590 560
A % 10.5 12.0 13.0 12.0 11.5 10.5 12.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 22.0
Kv % 24 26 27 26 19 18 16 19 25 33 50
Testing at C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
X20Cr13 AISI 420

Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperatures EN 10088-3: 2005 EN 10250-4: 2001
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 460 445 430 415 395 365 330 level +QT R 700 Hot-rolled
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 515 495 475 460 440 405 355 level +QT R 800 and forged
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Forged EN 10250-4: 2001

/thickness R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min L J min T
760 max +A annealed
250/160 700-850 500 13 25 +QT quenched and tempered R 700
250/160 800-950 600 12 20 +QT quenched and tempered R 800

Creep rupture strength 10.000 h R N/mm2 147 74 33
Creep rupture strength 10.000 h Rp 0.1 N/mm2 93 44 17
Yeld 100.000 h R N/mm2 103 44 18
Yeld 100.000 h Rp 0.1 N/mm2 64 25 10
Mean coefficient of linear exp. 106/K 10.5 10.8 11.5 11.6 12.0 12.2 12.7
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 800

kg/dm3 20 C 200 C 400 C 600 C 800 C permeability r hot oxidation
7.70 25.1 26.5 27.7 27.4 25.0 yes to 650 C
X20Cr13 X20Cr13 2Cr13 X20Cr13 Z20C13 420S37 20H13 420
Anisotermic transformation diagram of austenite, AISI 420 (CCT curve)
1000 F+C
Ac3 = 850
800 Ac1 = 790
C P
temperature C
600
200
400
Ms
200 Mf 472 420
470
509 503 475 230
0 10 102 103 104 105
min 1 10 102 103
time h 1 10 24
Technical card
X6Cr17
Quality X6Cr17 AISI 430 Ferritic
max max max max max
0,08 1,00 1,00 0,040 0,030 16,0-18,0
0.01 + 0.05 + 0.03 + 0.005 0.005 0.20
Temperature C
Melting Hot forming Normalizing Quenching Recrystallization Welding
range annealing Pre-heating Stress relieving
1460-1490 1100-950 750-850 air not demanded slow cooling
(HB max 200)
Hot-rolled EN 10088-3: 2005 +A annealing Mechanical properties on annealed material obtained at,
size Testing at room temperature (longitudinal) different temperatures (for information only)
mm R Rp 0.2 A% HB a) Test R Rp 0.2 A Z
from to N/mm 2 2
N/mm min min L max temperature C N/mm2 N/mm2 % %
100 400-630 240 20 200 + 20 455 266 37 73
a) for information only 0 483 280 37 72
40 532 287 36 72
60 567 308 36 70
190 630 609 0 4
Cold-drawn +C ASTM A 276-04 +A condition

mm R Rp 0.2 A% C%
N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min L min L
all 415 207 20 45

mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min L
10 b) 500-750 320 8
10 16 480-750 300 8
16 40 400-700 240 15
40 63 400-700 240 15
63 100 400-630 240 20

R N/mm2 500 590 650 700 780 840 920 940
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 260 420 520 620 670 720 760 800
A % 32 25 22 20 18 16 15 14
C % 58 48 39 34 32 30 28 26
Reduction % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature EN 10088-3: 2005 EN 10250-4: 2001
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 220 215 210 205 200 195 190 hot-rolled and forged
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
X6Cr17 AISI 430

Forged EN 10250-4: 2001 +A annealing
/thickness R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min J min
150/100 400-630 240

Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 800
Densit Thermal conductivity W/(mK) Magnetic Resistence to

kg/dm3 20 C 200 C 400 C 600 C 800 C 600-1000 in the
7.75 25.0 23.4 24.1 25.1 26.9 delivery condition welded condition
yes no
X6Cr17 X8Cr17 1Cr17 X6Cr17 Z8C17 430S17 08H17 430
Indicative transition curves of stainless steels
160
130
austenitic steels
AISI 303 - 304 - 316
90
impact Kv J
60
martensitic steels
AISI 416 - 420 - 431
30
ferritic steels
AISI 430
15
0
200 150 100 50 0 + 50 + 100
temperature C
Technical card
X17CrNi16-2
Quality X17CrNi16-2 AISI 431 Martensitic
max max max max
0,12-0,22 1,00 1,50 0,040 0,030 15,0-17,0 1,50-2,50
0.01 + 0.05 0.04 + 0.005 0.005 0.20 0.07
Temperature C
1440-1460 1100-900 950-1000 980-1030 600-670 (R 900) 300 600
air oil or polymer 740-790 (R 800)
Stress relieving Soft annealing Soft annealing
210-250 750-780 air 620-670 Ac1 Ms Mf
air (HB 240-295) short stay time (HB 240-285) long stay time 725 145 105
mm R Rp 0.2 A% Kv +20 C HB
from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L J min max
950 max 295 a) +A annealing
60 800-950 600 14 25 +QT quenching and tempering R 800
60 160 800-950 600 12 20
60 900-1050 700 12 20 +QT quenching and tempering R 900
60 160 900-1050 700 10 15

mm R HB a) R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
from to 2
N/mm max max N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T
10 b) 1050 330 850-1100 750 7
10 16 1050 330 850-1100 700 7
16 40 1000 310 800-1050 650 9 25
40 63 950 295 800-1000 650 12 25
63 160 950 295 800-950 650 12 20
+A annealing +QT 800 quenching and tempering
Table of tempering value at room temperature for round 10 mm after quenching at 1000 C in oil
R N/mm2 1400 1360 1320 1320 1325 1300 1250 1100 930 800 690
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 1160 1160 1155 1140 1110 1080 1000 880 760 680 590
A % 9.0 10.0 12.0 13.0 13.0 12.0 12.0 13.5 15.0 16.0 16.5
Kv % 10 12 13 13 12 11 12 16 23 25 30
Tempering at C 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
Minimum values for the 0.2% proof strength at high temperature EN 10088-3: 2005
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 515 495 475 460 440 405 355 resistance at 800
Rp 0.2 N/mm2 565 525 505 490 470 430 375 resistance at 900
Testing at C 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400

Forged EN 10250-4: 2001
/thickness R Rp 0.2 A% A% Kv +20 C Kv +20 C
to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min L min T J min L J min T
375/250 1000 max +A annealed
375/250 800-950 600 10 8 20 15 +QT quenched and tempered R 800
375/250 900-1050 700 10 8 15 10 +QT quenched and tempered R 900

Specific electric resist. ohmmm2/m 0.70 0.86 1.03 1.17
Testing at C 20 100 200 300 400 500 600 800

kg/dm3 20 C 200 C 400 C 600 C 800 C permeability r intergranular corrosion
7.75 25.1 26.5 27.7 27.4 25.0 no
X17CrNi16-2 X17CrNi16-2 1Cr17CrNi16-2 X17CrNi16-2 Z15CN16-2 431S29 17HI6N2 431
Indicative diagram Resistance/Corrosion
R R N/mm2
Tensile strenght increase of resistance after quenching and tempering
1600 delivery state characteristics
1400 possible increase of R by cold-drawing
1200
1000
AISI 431
800
AISI 420
600 AISI 416
AISI 303 AISI 304 AISI 316
400 AISI 430

Resistance of corrosion
STAINLESS STEELS Technical card Trafilix

Achievable cutting speeds Carbide insert TiC / TiN coated
X8CrNiS18-9 AISI 303
1 3 6 ap depth of cut mm
0.20 0.40 0.50 fn feed mm/rev
Hot-rolled annealed R 570-650 N/mm2 370 270 220 Vc cutting speed m/min turning centers CNC
0.5 1 3 ap depth of cut mm
0.12 0.15 0.20 fn feed mm/rev
Hot-rolled annealed R 570-650 N/mm2 225 190 170 Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning
Cold-drawn solubilization R 700-850 N/mm2 190 160 150 Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning
0.20 0.40 0.50 fn feed mm/rev
Hot-rolled annealed R 560-650 N/mm2 200 150 120 Vc cutting speed m/min turning centers CNC
X5CrNiMo17-12-2 AISI 316
0.2 0.4 0.5 fn feed mm/rev
Hot-rolled annealed R 550-620 N/mmv 195 150 120 Vc cutting speed m/min turning centers CNC
X12CrS13 AISI 416
0.20 0.40 0.50 fn feed mm/rev
Hot-rolled annealed R 600-700 N/mm2 300 200 160 Vc cutting speed m/min general turning
0.5 1 3 ap depth of cut mm
0.07 0.10 0.12 fn feed mm/rev
Hot-rolled annealed R 600-700 N/mm2 195 165 155 Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning
Hot-rolled R 700-800 N/mm2 175 145 140 Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning
Hot-rolled R 750-950 N/mm2 240 200 175 Vc cutting speed m/min automatic turning
X20Cr13 AISI 420
Hot-rolled R 800-950 N/mm2 260 220 170 Vc cutting speed m/min general turning
X6Cr17 AISI 430
The friction coefficient is higher in stainless steels than in low-allow steels. The heat generated by the contact between the chip and the tool
takes time to disappear because thermal conductivity of stainless steels is lower. The temperature increase speeds tool wear up. Due to their
ductility, these steels originate a quite strong chip, difficult to break.
Stainless Steel type - surface finish EN 10088-3: 2005
178
Symbol Type of process route Surface finish Product form Recommended use and observations
2) 1) A B C D
1U Hot-formed, not heat treated, not descaled Covered with scale (spot ground if x x x Suitable for products to be further hot-formed.
1C Hot-formed, not heat treated 3), necessary). Suitable for products to be further processed (hot or cold).
not descaled Not free of surface defects. x x x
1E Hot-formed, not heat treated 3), mechanically Largely free of scale (but some black x x
descaled. spots may remain).
Not free of surface.
1D Hot-formed, not heat treated 3) pickled, Free of scale (spot ground if x Products used in their present condition or to be further
coated (optional) necessary). Not free of surface defects. processed (hot or cold).
1X Hot-formed, not heat treated 3) rough Free of scale (but some marks left from x
Hot-formed
machined 4) machining may remain).
Part two Stainless steels
Not free of surface defects.
1G Hot-formed, heat treated 3) descaled, rough Appearance bright, but not uniform. x x Suitable for severe applications (extrusion and/or cold or
machined 4) or shaved in the case of rod. Free of surface defects. hot heading).
Finishing by removal of material. Surface roughness can be specified.
2H Finishes 1C, 1D or 1X, cold precessed, Smooth and matt or bright. x x In products formed by cold drawing without subsequent heat
coated (optional) Not necessary polished. treatment, the tensile strength is substantially increased,
Not free of surface defects. particularly in austenitic materials, depending on the degree
of cold processing. The surface hardness be higher than
the centre hardness.
2D Finishes 2H, treated 3) pickled and skin-passed Smooth and matt or bright. x x This finish allows the restoration of the mechanical
(optional), coated (optional) Not free of surface defects. properties after cold processing. Products with good
ductility (extrusion) and specific magnetic properties.
2B Finishes 1C, 1D or 1X, cold precessed, Smooth, uniform and bright. x Products used in their present condition or intended for better
mechanically smoothed Free of surface defects. finishing. In products formed by cold drawing without
subsequent heat treatment, the tensile strength is
substantially increased, particularly in austenitic materials,
Cold processed
depending on the degree of cold processing. The surface
hardness may be higher than the centre hardness.
2G Finishes 2H, 2D o 2B, centreless ground, Smooth, uniform and bright. x Finish for close tolerances. Unless otherwise agreed the
surface roughness shall be Ra 1,2.
mechanically smoothed (optional) Free of surface defects.
2P Finishes 2H, 2D, 2B or 2G, specular polishing Smoother and brighter than x Products showing a well groomed surface appearance.
finish 2B or 2G. Surface roughness shall be specified at the of enquiry
Free of surface defects. and order.
1) Not all surface finishes and process routes are available for all steels.
2) First digit 1 = Hot-formed; 2 = Cold processed
3) On ferritic, austenitic and austenitic-ferritic grades, the heat treatment may be omitted if the conditions for hot forming and subsequent cooling are such that the requirements for the mechanical
properties of the product and the resistence to intergranular corrosion are obtained.
4) Type of rough machining (grinding, peeling) is left to the manufacturer's discretion unless otherwise agreed.
A = Semi-finished products B = Rods C = Wires D = Bars, sections

STEELS FOR CHROME-PLATING
S355J2* C45E* Cf53 20MnVS6 42CrMo4* 39NiCrMo3* 50CrMo4*
* For mechanical properties see carbon steel groups, case-hardening steels and alloy steels
180 Part two Steels for chrome-plating
Technical card
Cf53
Quality Cf53
max max
0.50-0.57 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 0.025 0.035
0.03 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Temperature C
relieving
1050-850 860 830 860 550-660 180
air water oil or polymer air
(HB max 223) (HB 180-230) (HB max 260) 730 765 320 100
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for normalized condition DIN 17212: 1972
16 100 610-760 340 16 183-226
Hot-rolled mechanical properties for quenched and tempered condition DIN 17212: 1972
16 740-880 510 12 25 224-263
16 40 690-830 430 14 35 210-249
40 100 640-780 400 15 40 198-232
Quenching and tempering + Cold-drawn +C 070M55 BS 970 pt.3: 1991.

from to N/mm2 N/mm2 min min min J min for information
13 29 700-850 475 10 201-255
29 100 700-850 435 10 201-255

distance in mm from quenched end after quenching and stress
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 relieving
max (please refer to the same values of quality C 50)
C53 C53 Cf53 XC48 TS 070M55 1050
20MnVS6 Part two Steels for chrome-plating 181
Quality 20MnVS6 Technical card

Number (appr. 1.5217) Lucefin Group
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cr% Mo% Ni% Al% V%
max max max max
0.16-0.22 0.10- 0.45 1.30-1.70 0.025 0.020-0.040 0.50 0.15 0.30 0.020-0.050 0.10-0.20
Temperature C
relieving
1100-850 900 880-930 870-920 550-660 50 under the
air oil or water air temperature of temp.
polymer
Carbonitriding Carburizing Core hardening Induction hardening Nitriding
870-880 gas 760-780 870-880 water 870-925 oil or water 490-530
150-200 tempering immediately to 150-200 after air
(HRC 60) 150-200 air (HRC 45-52) (HRC 55)
690 800 furnace not demanded slow cooling
air cooling to 670 Ac1 Ac3 Ms Mf
(HB max 210) after, air 720 815 400 180
Hot-rolled untreated +U
size Testing (longitudinal)
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min min
25 580 450 16 172
25 80 550 420 16 159
80 530 380 16 156
Hot-rolled normalized +N
25 580 450 18 40 35 27 172
25 80 550 430 18 40 35 27 159
80 530 390 18 40 35 27 156
Hot-rolled quenched and tempered +QT
25 700 620 16 40 35 27 213
25 80 650 570 16 40 35 27 200
80 600 520 16 40 35 27 178
Cold-drawn untreated +C
from to N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min J min J min J min
32 700 620 10 213-260
Grain size ASTM E 112 Inclusions content DIN 50602 Corrosion resistance chromium plating
5-8 K4 < 30 Chrome thickness 0.05 mm hardness HV > 800
20MnVS6 20MV appr. 1.5217 (1.8915 StE 460) 20MnV6 GR55C A381
STRUCTURAL AND CONSTRUCTIONAL STEELS
SAE 1141 SAE 1116 SAE 1117 SAE 1018 SAE 1045
CB 4 FF CB 20 FF C20
Part two Structural and constructional steels 183
Technical card
SAE 1141
Quality SAE 1141*
According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% Cu% Ni% Cr%
max
0.37-0.45 a) 1.35-1.65 0.040 0.08-0.13
0.03 0.06 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product.*
Mechanical properties ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn stress relieving cl. A
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C% HB
> N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min min min
20 655 620 11 35 201
20 30 620 585 11 30 190
30 50 585 550 10 30 173
50 70 550 520 10 30 159
SAE 1116
Quality SAE 1116*

According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled
Number
max
0,14-0,20 a) 1,10-1,40 0,040 0,16-0,23
0.02 0.06 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product.*
SAE 1117
Quality SAE 1117*

According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled
Number
max max
0,14-0,20 a) 1,00-1,30 0,040 0,08-0,13
0.02 0.06 + 0.008 + 0.008
Permissible deviations on the product. Aspect of the distribution of sulphur.
Mechanical properties ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004

Cold-drawn stress relieving cl. A
20 520 450 15 40 155
20 30 485 415 15 40 147
30 50 450 380 13 35 135
50 75 415 345 12 30 123
* Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020
When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter L 11L41, 11L16, 11L17
a) the following ranges and limits are commonly specified: 0.10 max, 0.10-0.20, 0.15-0.35, 0.20-0.40, 0.30-0.60
USA AISI/SAE ITALY UNI CHINA GB GERMANY DIN FRANCE AFNOR UK BS RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN
SAE 1141
SAE 1116
SAE 1117
SAE 1018 184 Part two Structural and constructional steels
Quality SAE 1018

According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn
C% Si% Mn% P% S%
max max
0.15-0.20 a) 0.60-0.90 0.040 0.050
0.02 0.03 + 0.008 + 0.008
Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020
When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter L ex. 10L18
Temperature C
Hot forming Soft annealing Normalizing Quenching Tempering
+A
1180-900 650-700 920 880-900 oil 550-620
furnace cooling air polymer or water air
Pre-heating PWHT
welding
not demanded slow cooling
Cold-drawn stress relieved (>288 C) cl. A ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004
mm R Rp 0.2 A% C % reduction HB
20 485 415 18 40 147
20 30 450 380 16 40 135
30 50 415 345 15 35 123
50 75 380 310 15 35 110
Cold-drawn Lucefin experience

flat Testing at room temperature (longitudinal)
mm R Rp 0.2 A C reduction HB Mod. of elasticity Heat treatment
N/mm2 min N/mm2 min % % N/mm2 min
76 32 581 556 13,4 60,7 176 253600 +U untreated
76 32 553 438 17,6 60,8 162 251800 +T cold-drawn tempered to 550 C
76 32 530 348 27,2 59,0 159 186000 +T cold-drawn tempered to 620 C
Hot-rolled
mm R Rp 0.2 A C reduction HB Heat treatment
N/mm2 min N/mm2 min % min % min
22 634 386 27 48 197 Carburized at 925C, cooled to 250 C, pause after
water quenched and final tempering at 180 C
229 +U cold-drawn natural forming condition
180 +A annealed
30 400 220 25 116 +A normalized (J1397)
Condition Cyclic yield strength, y Cyclic strength Cyclic strength coefficient, K

N/mm2 exponent, n N/mm2
Hot-rolled 236 0.27 1259
Quenched and tempered 190 0.24 862
Condition Fatigue strength coefficient, y Fatigue strength Fatigue ductility coefficient, gf
N/mm2 exponent, b
Hot-rolled 782 0.11 0.19
Quenched and tempered 423 0.07 0.09
SAE 1018 C18 1.0453 214A15 P265NL
Part two Structural and constructional steels 185
Technical card
SAE 1045
Quality SAE 1045
According to standards ASTM A 576-90b: 2000 Hot-rolled ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 Cold-drawn Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S%
max max
0.43-0.50 a) 0.60-0.90 0.030 0.050
0.03 0.03 + 0.008 + 0.008
Remark: when aluminum is used as a grain refining element the Al% (total) content is not less than 0.020
When lead is required a range of 0.15 to 0.35% is specified. Such a steel is identified by inserting the letter L ex. 10L4S
Temperature C
Hot forming Soft annealing Normalizing Quenching Tempering Stress
+A relieving
1100-800 680-710 furnace 850-870 820-840 600-650 50 under the
cooling air oil polymer or air temperature
(HB max 140) water of temp.
welding after welding
250 550 furnace cooling
Hot-rolled ASTM A 183-03 Reference only
all 565 310 16 40 165 +U untreated
all 760 550 12 25 226 +QT quenched and tempered
Normal draft Cold-drawn stress relieved ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 cl. A
20 655 585 12 35 205
20 30 620 550 11 30 195
30 50 585 520 10 30 176
50 75 550 485 10 30 162
Heavy draft Cold-drawn stress relieved ASTM A311/A 311M: 2004 cl. B
20 795 690 10 25 239
20 30 795 690 10 25 239
30 50 795 690 10 25 239
50 75 795 690 9 25 239
75 102 725 620 7 20 224
Normal draft Cold-drawn annealed. Reference only

19 32 585 505 12 45 170
1045 C45 45 Ck45 XC48H1 080M46 45 C45E
CB 4 FF 186 Part two Structural and constructional steels
Quality CB 4 FF (C4C 1.0303 EN 10263-2) Technical card

According to standards UNI 7356: 1974. Reference only. Trafilix
C% Si% Mn% P% S% N% Ni% Cr%
max max max max
0.08 tracce 0.20-0.40 0.040 0.040 0.007 a)
0.02 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
a) the steel shall be made by electric-furnace, nitrogen (N) max 0.012%.
Hot-rolled natural condition HB max 116.

CB 20 FF
Quality CB 20 FF ((C20E2C 1.1152 EN 10263-3)

According to standards UNI 7356: 1974
Number (1.1152)
max max max
0.18-0.23 0.10 0.30-0.60 0.040 0.040
0.02 0.02 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Fully killed (Al Nb V)
C20
Quality C20
According to standards UNI 7874: 1979. Reference only.
Number (1.1151)
max max
0.18-0.24 0.15-0.40 0.40-0.80 0.035 0.035
0.02 0.03 0.04 + 0.005 + 0.005
Mechanical properties information only

Hot-rolled normalized +N Cold draw +C
R ReH A% R ReH A%
N/mm2 N/mm2 min min N/mm2 min N/mm2 min min
440-550 245 25 540 390 8
HB 353 353 344 327 286 226 162
HRC 38 38 37 35 30 20
R N/mm2 1180 1180 1140 1080 950 760 560
Tempering atC 50 100 150 200 300 450 600
Effective depth of case- hardened layer

Depth mm 0.12 0.24 0.30 0.45 0.50 0.60
HRC 50
Time of case-hardening h. 1 2 4 6 8 10
USA AISI/SAE ITALY UNI CHINA GB GERMANY DIN FRANCE UK B.S. RUSSIA GOST EUROPE EN
CB 4 FF C4 C CB4 FF KD
CB 20 FF C22 C C21 KD
1020 C20 C22 C20 070M20 1450 C22
Part two 187
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES CONNECTION PARTS
Resistance classes
for nuts with nominal diameter less than 39 mm
Designation system for nuts with nominal height > 0,8 D ( ISO 898-2: 1992 )
property Securing screwes Nuts
class of nut style 1 style 2
property class diameters mm diameters mm
4 3.6 - 4.6 - 4.8 > M 16 > M 16
5 3.6 - 4.6 - 4.8 M 16 M 39
5 5.6 - 5.8 M 39 M 39
6 6.8 M 39 M 39
8 8.8 M 39 M 39 > M 16 - M 39
9 9.8 M 16 M 16
10 10.9 M 39 M 39
12 12.9 M 39 M 16 M 39
Designation system for load tests of nuts with height > 0.5D e < 0.8D
property Nominal stress under proof load Actual stress under proof load
class of nut N/mm2 N/mm2
04 400 380
05 500 500
Limits of chemical analysis
property class of nut C% max Mn% min P% max S% max
4-5-6 0.50 0.06 0.15
04 - 8 - 9 0.58 0.25 0.06 0.15
05 - 10 0.58 0.30 0.048 0.058
12 0.58 0.45 0.048 0.058
Alloying elements may be added, if necessary, to develop the mechanical properties required from the nuts.
Nuts of property classes 05 8 style 1 above M 16 and 10 12 shall be hardened and tempered.
188 Part two
Mechanical properties at room temperature

property class 04 low nut property class 05 low nut property class 4 style 1
diameters mm stress under hardeness HV state stress under hardeness HV state stress under hardeness HV state
proof load Sp min max proof load Sp min max proof load Sp min max
N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2
M4
M4 M7
M7 M10 380 188 302 NQT 500 272 353 QT
M10 M16
M16 M39 510 117 302 NQT
property class 5 style 1 property class 6 style 1 property class 8 style 1
M4 520 130 302 600 150 302 800 180 302 NQT
M4 M7 580 130 302 670 150 302 855 200 302 NQT
M7 M10 590 130 302 NQT 680 150 302 NQT 870 200 302 NQT
M10 M16 610 130 302 700 150 302 880 200 302 NQT
M16 M39 630 146 302 720 170 302 920 233 353 QT
property class 8 style 2 property class 9 style 2 property class 10 style 1
M4 900 170 302 1040
M4 M7 915 188 302 1040
M7 M10 940 188 302 NQT 1040 272 353 QT
M10 M16 950 188 302 1050
M16 M39 890 180 302 NQT 920 188 302 1060
Mechanical properties at room temperature

property class 12 style 1 property class 12 style 2 load Sp
diameters mm stress under hardeness HV state stress under hardeness HV state

proof load Sp min max proof load Sp min max
N/mm2 N/mm2
M4 1140 1150
M4 M7 1140 1150
M7 M10 1140 295 353 QT 1160 272 353 QT
M10 M16 1170 1190
load Sp
M16 M39 1200
NQT = not quenched and tempered

QT = quenched and tempered
EN ISO 898-2 norm hasnt to enforce to nuts with requiriments like: strenght at temperatures greater than + 300C or less than 50C.
Norm has to enforce to nuts:
with nominal diameters until 39 mm
with triangular threades like ISO 68-1
with combinations of diameters and steps like ISO 261 ( with bigstep thread )
with thread tollerances 6H like ISO 965-1 and ISO 965-2
with specified mechanical properties
with key width like ISO 272 or equivalents
with nominal height equal or greater than 0.5D
built in carbon or low alloyed steel
Part two 189
Resistance classes
for connection parts, screwes and studs
Tensile strenght Rm N/mm2 (UNI EN ISO 898-1: 2001)

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400
7
Minimum percentage elongation
8
9 6.8 12.9
10 10.9
after failure
12 5.8 9.8 a)
A%
14 8.8
16 4.8
18
20
22 5.6
25 4.6
30 3.6
a) only applicable for nominal thread diameters d < 16 mm Resistance classes are evidenced by the cells.
NOTES Maximum depth of total decarburization Resistance class (physical properties at room temperature)
for classes from 8.8 to 12.9 G = 0.015 mm. 3.6 4.6 4.8 5.6 5.8 6.8 8.8 9.8 a) 10.9 12.9
a) only applicable for nominal thread diameters d 16 mm d < 16 d > 16
the application field is determined by point 1 of mm mm
UNI EN ISO 898-1: 2001
Tensile strenght Rm N/mm2 min 330 400 420 500 520 600 800 830 900 1040 1220
Yield strenght Re N/mm2 min 190 240 340 300 420 480
0,2% yield strenght Rp 0.2 N/mm2 min 640 660 720 940 1100
Ultimate elongation A % min 25 22 20 12 12 10 9 8
Reduction of area Z % min 52 52 48 48 44
Impact strenght KU J min 25 30 30 25 20 15
Hardness Brinell HB min 90 114 124 147 152 181 238 242 276 304 366
Hardness Brinell HB max 209 209 209 209 209 238 304 318 342 361 414
When connection parts are used at temperatures different by the rooms one, user must be assure that mechanical and physical properties are
adequate for the specific condicions of service.
For 8.8 class Lucefin Group advises the following steels test load
C45E quench. and temp. < 24 mm
41Cr4 quench. and temp > 24 e < 50 mm
normal
42CrMo4 quench. and temp > 50 e < 100 mm shank
39NiCrMo3 quench. and temp > 100 mm screw
High temperature yield strenght Rp 0.2 N/mm2
class Temperature C
load
+ 20 + 100 + 200 + 250 + 300
5.6 300 270 230 215 195
8.8 640 590 540 510 480 load
10.9 940 875 790 745 705 Decarburization on the thread screw
12.9 1100 1020 925 875 825 G total decarburization
Values must be used only like a reference. For example 100h at 1 partial decarburization
G
300C can provocate a 25% permanent reduction of initial tor- 2 base metal H1
qual load of screw, with related yield strength decrease. 3
E not decarburized area
E 2
H1 thread depth
3 middle diameter
190 Part two
Resistance class
for connection parts, screwes and studs (rev. 1 / 15-09-2008)
Resistance class symbol ( ex. 8.8 ) is composed by two numbers, the first represents tensile strength divided by 100
ex. 800 N/mmq : 100 = 8.
The second represents ratio between yield and tensile strength multiplied for 10
ex. 640 N/mmq : 800 N/mmq = 0.8 x 10 = 8
Resistance Material and heat treatment Chemical composition Tempering

class (UNI EN ISO 898-1: 2001) temperature
C% P% S% B% a)
min max max max max C min.
3.6 b) Carbon steel 0.20 0.05 0.06 0.003
4.6 b) 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.003
4.8 b) 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.003
5.6 0.13 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.003
5.8 b) 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.003
6.8 b) 0.55 0.05 0.06 0.003
8.8 c) Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered 0.15 d) 0.40 0.035 0.035 0.003 425
Carbon steel quenched and tempered 0.25 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.003 425
9.8 Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered 0.15 d) 0.35 0.035 0.035 0.003 425
Carbon steel quenched and tempered 0.25 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.003 425
10.9 e) Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered 0.15 d) 0.35 0.035 0.035 0.003 340
10.9 e) Carbon steel quenched and tempered 0.25 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.003 425
Carbon steel with (B, Mn, Cr) quenched and tempered 0.20 d) 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.003 425
Alloyed steel quenched and tempered 0.20 0.55 0.035 0.035 0.003 425
12.9 e) Alloyed steel quenched and tempered 0.28 0.50 0.035 0.035 0.003 380
a) Boron content can achieve 0,005% provided that not effective boron is controlled by the addiction of titanium or aluminium.
b) Free-cutting steel is accepted for these resistance classes with following max values S% 0.34, P% 0.11, Pb% 0.35
c) for > 20 mm, can be necessary to use 10.9 class steels to obtain an adequate hardenability.
d) Boron steel with C% < 0.25 has to get a Mn content greater than 0,6% for 8.8 resistance class and than 0.7% for 9.8, 10.9,
10.9 resistance classes

e) Materials of these classes have to get an adequate hardenability to obtain in the screw thread a core structure with about 90%
of martensite in the conditions of only hardened before tempering.
Examples of materials proposed by Lucefin Group

Resistance Bolts and screws thread Steel
class obtained from: mm
3.6 machining 39 S235JR
4.6 machining 39 S355JR A 105
4.8 machining 39 11SMn30 11SMnPb30 11SMn37 11SMnPb37 11SMnPb37BiTe
cold forming 39 CB4 FF C10E CB 20 FF
5.6 machining 15 CB 4 FF
machining 39 C15E
5.8 machining 39 35SPb20
cold forming 39 CB 20 FF C20 C22E
cold forming 15 C10E C15E
6.8 machining 39 36SMnPb14 46S20 46SPb20
cold forming 13 C10E C20
8.8 machining 39 C35E C35Pb C40E C45E C45Pb 36SMnPb14
see prec. page machining 32 41Cr4 34CrMo4 42CrMo4
10.9 machining 39 34CrMo4 42CrMo4 39NiCrMo3
machining 28 41Cr4 34CrMo4 42CrMo4
12.9 machining 30 42CrMo4 39NiCrMo3
machining 28 42CrMo4 39NiCrMo3
For 8.8 and 12.9 resistance classes is necessary quenching and tempering heat treatment.
Steel grade showed are those usually used by previous agreements between producer and consumer.
Part three
Technical tables
192 Part three Technical tables
Hot-rolled-rounds
UNI EN 10060: 2004
round
a b a a l a
B L
a = machining allowance
b, l = dimensions after machining
B, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation
according to norms.
Lucefin Group Machining allowance min. advised for rounds

(b) mm after < 10 > 10 30 > 30 40 > 40 60 > 60 80 > 80 100 > 100 140 > 140 150
machining
allowance
(2 a) 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
(b) mm after > 150 <220 > 220 250 >250 280 >280 300 >300 320 >320 360
machining
allowance
(2 a) 10.0 13.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
Example: for a 75 mm finished round, you have to order 79 mm. If this size is not in the normal range of production, you will have to order a
raw material of 80 mm.
Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10060: 2004 Straightness UNI EN 10060: 2004

Diameters Limit deviation Limit deviation
mm normal mm precision mm
10-12 0.4 0.15
13-15 0.4 0.20
16-22 0.5 0.20 q
24-25 0.5 0.25
26-30 0.6 0.25
32-35 0.6 0.30 L
36-40 0.8 0.30
42-50 0.8 0.40
52 1 0.40
55-75 1 0.50
80 1
85-100 1.3
105-120 1.5
125-160 2 Nominal diameter mm Tolerance
not applicable
165-200 2.5 < 25 not fixed
220 3 > 25 80 q 0.40% of L
250 4 > 80 250 q 0.25% of L
> 250 6
For bars assigned to peeling, Lucefin Group requires a maximum
The deviation for roundness shall not exceed 75% deviation from straightness of 2 uniformly along the total length.
of the tolerance range.
Hot-rolled-squares and flats
UNI EN 10059: 2004 (squares) and UNI EN 10058: 2004 (flats)
Sizes that are not con- square flat
sidered here have to be
agreed upon in the pur-
chase order
a = machining allowance b, h,
l l = dimensions after machining B, H, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation according to norms.
(2 a) (b) mm after Lucefin Group min. allowance mm ( 2 a ) as a function of thickness h

raw material machining 10 >10 25 >25 35 >35 60 >60 80 >80 100 >100 130 >130 150 >150 180 >180 200 >200 220 >220 250
2.0 20 2.0 2.5
2.5 > 20 25 2.5 2.5
3.0 > 25 35 3.0 3.0 3.0
3.5 > 35 60 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5
4.5 > 60 80 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5
5.0 > 80 100 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0
6.0 > 100 130 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 8.0
8.0 > 130 150 5.0 5.5 6.0 5.5 6.5 8.0 8.0 8.0
9.0 > 150 180 6.0 6.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 10.0
10.0 > 180 200 6.5 7.0 6.5 8.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 10.0
12.0 > 200 220 8.0 8.5 7.0 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.0 10.5 10.5 11.0
14.0 > 220 250 9.0 9.0 8.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.5 10.5 11.0 12.0 12.0
15.0 > 250 300 9.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.0
16.0 > 300 350 9.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
18.0 > 350 400 9.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5
20.0 > 400 450 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
22.0 > 450 500 10.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5
Part three Technical tables
24.0 > 500 550 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5

26.0 > 550 600 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.5
28.0 > 600 700 11.0 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.5
30.0 > 700 805 11.0 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
Example: for a 110 70 mm finished flat, you have to order 116 76 mm. If this size is not in the normal range of production, you will have to order a raw material of 120 80 mm.
193
Hot-rolled square bar Dimensional tolerances are Hot-rolled flat bar
194
Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10059: 2004 in compliance with Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10058: 2004
Nominal size Limit deviation a) UNI EN 10059 / 10058 Nominal width (b) mm Limit deviation mm a)
mm mm Hot-rolled > 10 40 0.75
8-14 0.4 > 40 80 1.0
15-25 0.5 > 80 100 1.5
26-35 0.6 > 100 120 2.0
40-50 0.8 > 120 150 2.5
55-90 1.0 Nominal thickness (a) mm Limit deviation mm a)
100 1.3 20 0.5
110-120 1.5 > 20 40 1.0
130-150 1.8 > 40 80 1.5
a)
When ordering, the total ranges for the permissible deviation may, by agreement, be entirely on the plus side
twist square bar r = corner radius

size square bar radius
> 8 < 14 4/m with a max of 24 > 8 12 1.0
> 14 50 3/m with a max of 18 > 12 20 1.5
> 50 3/m with a max of 15 > 20 30 2.0
> 30 50 2.5
> 50 100 3.0
> 100 150 4.0
u u out-of-section u flat bar
out-of-squareness u square bar
50 1.50 Nominal thickness Tolerance
> 50 75 2.25 > 10 25 0.5
> 75 100 3.00 > 25 40 1.0
> 100 150 4.50 > 40 80 1.5
u u
square flat
straightness square bar straightness flat bar

25 no fixed Nominal cross-section Tolerance in the plane (b)
> 25 80 q 0.40% of L q < 1000 mm2 q 0.40% of L
> 80 q 0.25% of L 1000 mm2 q 0.25% of L
LL
Part three Technical tables 195
Hot-rolled-hexagon
UNI EN 10061: 2004
b B
(width)
b, l = dimensions after machining
B, L = raw material
Allowances hereunder indicated are valid for lengths under 1000 mm, for longer lengths you also need to consider the straightness deviation
according to norms.
Lucefin Group Machining allowance min. advised for hexagon

(b) mm after > 13 15 > 15 20 > 20 35 > 35 50 > 50 80 > 80 103 > 103 140
machining
allowance
(2 a) 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.5 6.0 8.0
Example: for a 70 mm finished hexagon, you have to order 75.5 mm. If this size is not in the normal range of production, you will have to or-
der a raw material of 78 mm.
Dimensional tolerances UNI EN 10061: 2004 Straightness UNI EN 10061: 2004

width deviation width deviation
mm mm mm mm
13-15 0.4 62 1.0
16-19 0.5 67 1.0
20.5 0.5 72 1.0
22.5 0.5 78 1.0 q
23.5 0.5 83 1.3
25.5 0.6 88 1.3
28.5 0.6 93 1.3 L
31.5 0.6 98 1.3
33.5 0.6 103 1.5
35.5 0.8 corner radius max
35.5 0.8 width r
37.5 0.8 mm mm
39.5 0.8 20.0 1.5
42.5 0.8 > 20.0 28.5 2.0 width mm deviation q
47.5 0.8 > 28.5 48.0 2.5 39.5 not fixed
52 1.0 > 48.0 83.0 3.0 > 39.5 83.0 q 0.0040 L
57 1.0 > 83.0 103.0 3.5 > 83.0 103.0 q 0.0025 L
Permissible variations in thickness and width

for hot-wrought square edge and round edge flat bars. ASTM A 29
Table A 2.3 ASTM A 29 - 05
Thickness mm Permissible variations in

Width mm >5 6 > 6 12 > 12 25 > 25 50 > 50 75 > 75 Width mm
Permissible variations in Thickness mm >
25 0.18 0.20 0.25 0.50 0.50
> 25 50 0.18 0.30 0.40 0.80 1.00 1.00
> 50 100 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.80 1.20 1.20 1.50 1.00
> 100 150 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.80 1.20 1.20 2.50 1.50
> 150 200 b) 0.40 0.65 0.80 1.20 1.60 3.00 2.50
b) Flats over 150 to 200 mm in width, are not available as hot-wrought steel bars in thicknesses under 6 mm.
When a square is held against a face and an edge of square edge flat bar, the edge shall not deviate by more than 3 or 5% of the thickness.
Surface quality classes for hot-rolled bars and rod

Table 1 EN 10221: 1997
Class Nominal diameter The permissible maximum depth of
dN (mm) the superficial discontinuities (mm)
A 5 dN 25 0.50
25 < dN 150 0.02 dN
B 5 dN 12 0.20
12 < dN 18 0.25
18 < dN 30 0.30
30 < dN 150 0.01 dN
C 5 dN 12 0.17
12 < dN 30 0.23
30 < dN 120 0.0075 dN
D 5 dN 12 0.15
12 < dN 40 0.20
40 < dN 60 0.005 dN
60 < dN 80 0.30
E 5 dN 60
This class of surface quality must be better than class D. Other prescriptions and the method of control must be agreed to you between the
parties.
Dimensions and tolerances of bright steel bars

EN 10278: 2002
FLATS Carbon max 0.20% Carbon > 0.20%
free-cutting steels low C% and all other steels
width limit deviation limit deviation
mm mm mm
18 +0 0.11 +0 0.22
> 18 30 +0 0.13 +0 0.26
> 30 50 +0 0.16 +0 0.32
> 50 80 +0 0.19 +0 0.38
> 80 100 +0 0.22 +0 0.44
> 100 150 + 0.50 0.50 + 1.00 1.00
> 150 200 + 1.00 1.00 + 2.00 2.00
> 200 300 + 2.00 2.00 + 4.00 4.00
> 300 400 + 2.50 2.50 + 5.00 5.00
thickness limit deviation limit deviation
mm mm mm
>3 6 0.075 0.15
>6 10 0.090 0.18
> 10 18 0.11 0.22
> 18 30 0.13 0.26
> 30 50 0.16 0.32
> 50 60 0.19 0.38
> 60 80 0.30 0.60
> 80 100 0.35 0.70
FLATS Straightness tolerances dimensional inspection

Steels shall be carried out as follows
width C% < 0.25 C% 0.25 stainless max deviation a) round bars: not less than 150 mm
quenched and tempered bearings, tools for width w from the end
mm mm/m mm/m mm/m and thickness t b) round bars cut to length: > 10 mm
< 120 1.5 1.5 1.5 w from the end
1.5 2.0 2.0 t c) shapes other than round: > 25 mm
120 1.5 2.0 2.0 w from the end
w / t < 10 2.0 2.5 2.5 t w = width
120 2.0 2.5 2.5 w t = thickness
w / t 10 2.5 3.0 3.0 t w/t = ratio
SQUARES and HEXAGONS Straightness tolerances

C% < 0.25 C% 0.25 stainless
dimensions mm/m mm/m mm/m
75 1.0 2.0 1.0
> 75 1.5 2.5 1.5
ROUNDS Straightness tolerances

C% < 0.25 C% 0.25 stainless
mm/m mm/m mm/m
all 1.0 1.5 1.0
dimensions
Tolerances UNI 6388 ISO 286

Tolerances are expressed in m (= 0.001 mm)
mm >1 3 >3 6 >6 10 >10 18 >18 30 >30 50
class grade
g 2 6 4 9 5 11 6 14 7 1 9 20
h 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 8 0 9 0 11
j +2 2 +3 2 +4 2 +5 3 +5 4 +6 5
5 k +4 0 +6 +1 +7 +1 +9 +1 +11 +2 +13 +2
m +6 +2 +9 +4 +12 +6 +15 +7 +17 +8 +20 +9
js +2 2 +2.5 2.5 +3 3 +4 4 +4.5 4.5 +5.5 5.5
n +8 +4 +13 +8 +16 +10 +20 +12 +24 +15 +28 +17
g 2 8 4 12 5 14 6 17 7 20 9 25
h 0 6 0 8 0 9 0 11 0 13 0 16
j +4 2 +6 2 +7 2 +8 3 +9 4 +11 5
6 k +6 0 +9 +1 +10 +1 +12 +1 +15 +2 +18 +2
m +8 +2 +12 +4 +15 +6 +18 +7 +21 +8 +25 +9
n +10 +4 +16 +8 +19 +10 +23 +12 +28 +15 +33 +17
js +3 3 +4 4 +4.5 4.5 +5.5 5.5 +6.5 6.5 +8 8
p +12 +6 +20 +12 +24 +15 +29 +18 +35 +22 +42 +26
g 2 12 4 16 5 20 6 24 7 28 9 34
f 6 16 10 22 13 28 16 34 20 41 25 50
h 0 10 0 12 0 15 0 18 0 21 0 25
7 j +6 4 +8 4 +10 5 +12 6 +13 8 +15 10
k +10 0 +13 +1 +16 +1 +19 +1 +23 +2 +27 +2
m +12 +2 +16 +4 +21 +6 +25 +7 +29 +8 +34 +9
js +5 5 +6 6 +7 7 +9 9 +10 10 +12 12
n +14 +4 +20 +8 +25 +10 +30 +12 +36 +15 +42 +17
d 20 34 30 48 40 62 50 77 65 98 80 119
e 14 28 20 38 25 47 32 59 40 73 50 89
8 f 6 20 10 28 13 35 16 43 20 53 25 64
h 0 14 0 18 0 22 0 27 0 33 0 39
js +7 7 +9 9 +11 11 +13 13 +16 16 +19 19
k +14 0 +18 0 +22 0 +27 0 +33 0 +39 0
d 20 45 30 60 40 76 50 93 65 117 80 142
e 14 39 20 50 25 61 32 75 40 92 50 112
9 h 0 25 0 30 0 36 0 43 0 52 0 62
js +12 12 +15 15 +18 18 +21 21 +26 26 +31 31
k +25 0 +30 0 +36 0 +43 0 +52 0 +62 0
h 0 40 0 48 0 58 0 70 0 84 0 100
10 js +20 20 +24 24 +29 29 +35 35 +42 42 +50 50
k +40 0 +48 0 +58 0 +70 0 +84 0 +100 0
h 0 60 0 75 0 90 0 110 0 130 0 160
11 js +30 30 +37 37 +45 45 +55 55 +65 65 +80 80
k +60 0 +75 0 +90 0 +110 0 +130 0 +160 0
js +50 50 +60 60 +75 75 +90 90 +105 105 +125 125
12 h 0 100 0 120 0 150 0 180 0 210 0 250
k +100 0 +120 0 +150 0 +180 0 +210 0 +250 0
js +70 70 +90 90 +110 110 +135 135 +165 165 +195 195
13 h 0 140 0 180 0 220 0 270 0 330 0 390
k +140 0 +180 0 +220 0 +270 0 +330 0 +390 0
Out-of-round bar tolerances equal to one half of the tolerance shown

>50 80 >80 120 >120 180 >180 250 >250 315 >315 400
10 23 12 27 14 32 15 35 17 40 18 43
0 13 0 15 0 18 0 20 0 23 0 25
+6 7 +6 9 +7 11 +7 13 +7 16 +7 18
+15 +2 +18 +3 +21 +3 +24 +4 +27 +4 +29 +4
+24 +11 +28 +13 +33 +15 +37 +17 +43 +20 +46 +21
+6.5 6.5 +7.5 7.5 +9 9 +10 10 +11.5 11.5 +12.5 12.5
+33 +20 +38 +23 +45 +27 +51 +31 +57 +34 +62 +37
10 29 12 34 14 39 15 44 17 49 18 54
0 19 0 22 0 25 0 29 0 32 0 36
+12 7 +13 9 +14 11 +16 13 +16 16 +18 18
+21 +2 +25 +3 +28 +3 +33 +4 +36 +4 +40 +4
+30 +11 +35 +13 +40 +15 +46 +17 +52 +20 +57 +21
+39 +20 +45 +23 +52 +27 +60 +31 +66 +34 +73 +37
+9.5 9.5 +11 11 +12.5 12.5 +14.5 14.5 +16 16 +18 18
+51 +32 +59 +37 +68 +43 +79 +50 +88 +56 +98 +62
10 40 12 47 14 54 15 61 17 69 18 75
30 60 36 71 43 83 50 96 56 108 62 119
0 30 0 35 0 40 0 46 0 52 0 57
+18 12 +20 15 +22 18 +25 21 +26 26 +29 28
+32 +2 +38 +3 +43 +3 +50 +4 +56 +4 +61 +4
+41 +11 +48 +13 +55 +15 +63 +17 +72 +20 +78 +21
+15 15 +17 17 +20 20 +23 23 +26 26 +28 28
+50 +20 +58 +23 +67 +27 +77 +31 +86 +34 +94 +37
100 146 120 174 145 208 170 242 190 271 210 299
60 106 72 126 85 148 100 172 110 191 125 214
30 76 36 90 43 106 50 122 56 137 62 151
0 46 0 54 0 63 0 72 0 81 0 89
+23 23 +27 27 +31 31 +36 36 +40 40 +44 44
+46 0 +54 0 +63 0 +72 0 +81 0 +89 0
100 174 120 207 145 245 170 285 190 320 210 350
60 134 72 159 85 185 100 215 110 240 125 265
0 74 0 87 0 100 0 115 0 130 0 140
+37 37 +43 43 +50 50 +57 57 +65 65 +70 70
+74 0 +87 0 +100 0 +115 0 +130 0 +140 0
0 120 0 140 0 160 0 185 0 210 0 230
+60 60 +70 70 +80 80 +92 92 +105 105 +115 115
+120 0 +140 0 +160 0 +185 0 +210 0 +230 0
0 190 0 220 0 250 0 290 0 320 0 360
+95 95 +110 110 +125 125 +145 145 +160 160 +180 180
+190 0 +220 0 +250 0 +290 0 +320 0 +360 0
+150 150 +175 175 +200 200 +230 230 +260 260 +285 285
0 300 0 350 0 400 0 460 0 520 0 570
+300 0 +350 0 +400 0 +460 0 +520 0 +570 0
+230 230 +270 270 +315 315 +360 360 +405 405 +445 445
0 460 0 540 0 630 0 720 0 810 0 890
+460 0 +540 0 +630 0 +720 0 +810 0 +890 0
Tolerances for cold-finished bars

ASTM A 108-07 (Table A 1.1)
Steel inches / millimetres carbon range carbon range
bar max 0.28% or less over 0.28% to 0.55% incl.
size tolerances tolerances
FLAT inches mm inches mm inches mm
3/4 19.05 0.003 0.076 0.004 0.102
> 3/4 1-1/2 > 19.05 38.10 0.004 0.102 0.005 0.127
> 1-1/2 3 > 38.10 76.20 0.005 0.127 0.006 0.152
>3 4 > 76.20 101.6 0.006 0.152 0.008 0.203
>4 6 > 101.6 152.4 0.008 0.203 0.010 0.254
>6 > 152.4 0.013 0.330 0.015 0.381
SQUARES inches mm inches mm inches mm
3/4 19.05 0.002 0.051 0.004 0.102
> 3/4 1-1/2 > 19.05 38.10 0.003 0.076 0.005 0.127
> 1-1/2 2-1/2 > 38.10 63.50 0.004 0.102 0.006 0.152
> 2-1/2 4 > 63.50 101.6 0.006 0.152 0.008 0.203
>4 5 > 101.6 127.0 0.010 0.254
>5 6 > 127.0 152.4 0.014 0.356
HEXAGONS inches mm inches mm inches mm
3/4 19.05 0.002 0.051 0.003 0.076
> 3/4 1-1/2 > 19.05 38.10 0.003 0.076 0.004 0.102
> 1-1/2 2-1/2 > 38.10 63.50 0.004 0.102 0.005 0.127
> 2-1/2 3-1/8 > 63.50 79.375 0.005 0.127 0.006 0.152
> 3-1/8 4 > 79.375 101.60 0.005 0.127 0.006 0.152
ROUNDS inches mm inches mm inches mm
1-1/2 38.10 0.002 0.051 0.003 0.076
> 1-1/2 2-1/2 > 38.10 63.50 0.003 0.076 0.004 0.102
> 2-1/2 4 > 63.50 101.6 0.004 0.102 0.005 0.127
>4 6 > 101.6 152.4 0.005 0.127 0.006 0.152
>6 8 > 152.4 203.2 0.006 0.152 0.007 0.178
>8 9 9 > 203.2 228.6 0.007 0.178 0.008 0.203
While size tolerances are usually specified as minus, tolerances may be ordered all plus, or distributed plus and minus, with the sum being
equivalent to the tolerances listed (e.g.: +0.10 or 0.05 mm).
Surface quality classes for bright steel products
Table 1 EN 10277-1: 2008
Condition Class
1 2 3 4
Permissible defect depth max 0.3 mm for d 15 mm max 0.3 mm for d 15 mm max 0.2 mm for d 20 mm technically crack free
max 0.02 x d for 15 < d 100 mm max 0.02 x d for 15 d < 75 mm max 0.01 x d for 20 d 75 mm by manufacture
max 1.5 mm for d > 75 mm max 0.75 mm for d > 75 mm
Maximum percentage
of delivered weight in excess 4% 1% 1% 0.20%
of specified level
Product form
Rounds + + + +
Squares + + (for d < 20 mm)
Hexagons + + (for d < 50 mm)
Flats + 1)
NOTE d = nominal diameter of bar and distance across flats of squares and hexagons.
+ indicates available in these classes, indicates not available in these classes.
1) Maximum depth of defect refers to respective section (width or thickness).
201
Surface discontinuity tolerances for cold-finished steel bars (a)
202

Product Maximum allowable surface discontinuity depth
tolerance level Carbon and alloy Carbon and alloy Carbon and alloy
Non-resulphurized Resulphurized (sulphur 0.08 - 0.19%) Resulphurized (sulphur 0.20 - 0.35%)
size mm 6.35 to 15.88 15.88 to 152.40 6.35 to 15.88 15.88 to 152.40 6.35 to 15.88 15.88 to 152.40
maximum depth maximum depth maximum depth maximum depth maximum depth maximum depth
mm % mm % mm %
Level 1 0.20 1.6% 0.25 2.0% 0.30 2.4%
Level 2 0.15 1.0% 0.20 1.3% 0.25 1.6%
Level 3 0.15 0.75% 0.15 1.0% 0.20 1.3%
Level 4 (b) nil nil nil nil nil nil
(a) The information in the chart is the expected maximum surface discontinuity depth within the limits of good manufacturing practice. Occasional bars in a shipment may have surface discontinuity
that exceeds these limits. For critical applications, the purchaser may require the cold-finish steel bar supplier to eddy current test the bars prior to shipment.
(b) Level 4 requires metal removal by turning, peeling or multiple grinding passes for small bars.
Straightness tolerances for cold-finished steel bars (a, b)

Straightness tolerances (mm maximum deviation) from straightness in any 3048 mm portion of the bar
Size Length Maximum of carbon range 0.28% Maximum of carbon range over 0.28%
or less and all grades thermally treated
mm mm rounds squares, hexagons rounds squares, hexagons
less than15.88 less than 4572 3.17 4.76 4.76 6.35
less than 15.88 4572 and over 3.17 7.94 7.94 9.53
15.88 and over less than 4572 1.59 3.17 3.17 4.76
15.88 and over 4572 and over 3.17 4.76 4.76 6.35
All grades quenched and tempered or normalized and tempered to HB 302 max before cold finishing; and all grades stress relieved or annealed after cold finishing. Straightness tolerances are not
applicable to bars having HB hardness exceeding 302.
(a) The foregoing tolerances are based on the following method of measuring straightness: Departure from straightness is measured by placing the bar on a level table so that the arc or departure
from straightness is horizontal, and the depth of the arc is measured with a feeler gauge and a straightedge.
(b) It should be recognised that straightness is a perishable quality and be altered by mishandling. The preservation of straightness in cold-finished bars requires the utmost care in subsequent han-
ding. Specific straightness tolerances are sometimes required for carbon and alloy steels in which case the purchaser should inform the manufacturer of straightness tolerances and the methods to be
used in checking the straightness.
Tolerances and machining allowances hot-forged products
UNI 7486: 1975
round
tondo square
quadro flat
piatto a bar
h H
a b a a b a a b a a l a b, h, l = dimensions after machining
B B B L B, H, L = raw material
Table A
dimensions b or h For products with lengths > 6000 mm, the tolerances and allowances are to be agreed in the purchase order
after machining carbon steels and high alloyed steels L 3500 max carbon steels and high alloyed steels L 3500 6000 high alloyed steels L 3500 max
mm (% of every alloy element < 5) (% of every alloy element < 5) (% of every alloy element 5)
increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation
b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L
> 100 125 14 3.8 17 + 17 / 10 17 4.8 22 + 21 / 13 10 2.0 16 + 14 / 11
> 125 160 16 4.2 19 + 18 / 11 19 5.4 24 + 22 / 14 12 2.3 18 + 14 / 11
> 160 200 18 4.9 22 + 20 / 13 21 6.3 26 + 22 / 15 14 2.8 20 + 14 / 14
> 200 250 21 5.6 24 + 22 / 14 24 7.2 29 + 26 / 17 17 3.4 23 + 16 / 16
> 250 315 25 6.5 28 + 26 / 15 28 8.4 32 + 29 / 19 21 4.2 26 + 18 / 18
> 315 400 30 7.7 32 + 28 / 18 33 10.0 36 + 33 / 22 26 5.1 30 + 21 / 21
> 400 500 36 9.2 38 + 33 / 22 40 11.9 42 + 38 / 25 32 6.3 36 + 25 / 25
> 500 630 44 11.0 45 + 39 / 25 48 14.3 49 + 46 / 29 39 7.8 42 + 29 / 29
> 630 800 54 13.5 55 + 45 / 30 58 17.4 58 + 51 / 34 49 9.8 52 + 35 / 35
> 800 1000 66 16.3 67 + 55 / 36 71 21.3 69 + 61 / 41 61 12.1 63 + 42 / 42
Measures are expressed in mm.
Example: unalloyed steel rounds b = 330 mm and l 3500 mm. Diameter of turned raw material B = 330 + 30 = 360 7.7 mm.
In the case of rounds only, ovalization must not be higher than the tolerance corresponding to diameter B.
Tolerances and allowances for flats are valid when the following ratios apply: b : h 8 quality special, alloyed and unalloyed steels; b : h 5 base unalloyed steels.
Lucefin Group has fixed the tolerance of rough products on b or h to +1 mm / +3 mm.
203
204
Table B
dimensions b o h For products with lengths > 6000 mm, the tolerances and allowances are to be agreed in the purchase order
after machining high alloyed steels L 3500 6000 tool steels L 3500 max tool steels L 3500 - 6000
mm (% of every alloy element 5)
increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation increase deviation
b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L b or h (2 a) B or H l (2 a) L
> 100 125 13 4.0 21 + 18 / 12 7 1.5 14 + 14 / 11 10 2.1 17 + 14 / 10
> 125 160 15 4.6 22 + 20 / 13 9 1.8 15 + 14 / 11 12 2.5 19 + 15 / 12
> 160 200 18 5.2 25 + 22 / 14 11 2.2 17 + 14 / 14 14 2.9 21 + 16 / 14

> 200 250 21 6.0 27 + 24 / 16 13 2.6 20 + 16 / 16 17 3.5 23 + 17 / 17
> 250 315 24 7.0 30 + 27 / 18 16 3.2 23 + 18 / 18 21 4.2 26 + 19 / 19
> 315 400 29 8.4 35 + 31 / 20 19 4.0 27 + 21 / 21 26 5.0 30 + 22 / 22
> 400 500 35 10.0 40 + 35 / 24 24 4.9 32 + 25 / 25 32 6.2 35 + 26 / 26
> 500 630 42 12.0 47 + 42 / 28 30 6.0 38 + 29 / 29 39 7.5 41 + 31 / 31
> 630 800 52 14.9 55 + 49 / 33 37 7.4 47 + 35 / 35 49 9.4 49 + 36 / 36
> 800 1000 64 18.1 66 + 59 / 40 46 9.3 57 + 42 / 42 61 11.6 59 + 44 / 44
Measures are expressed in mm.
Example: unalloyed steel rounds b = 260 mm and l 4000 mm. Diameter of turned raw material B = 260 + 21 = 281 4.2 mm.
In the case of rounds only, ovalization must not be higher than the tolerance corresponding to diameter B.
Tolerances and allowances for flats are valid when the following ratios apply: b : h 8 quality special, alloyed and unalloyed steels; b : h 5 base unalloyed steels.
Lucefin Group has fixed the tolerance of rough products on b or h to +1 mm / +3 mm.
List of chemical elements

METALS SEMIMETALS
Aluminium 13 Al Alkaline earth metals Metalloids

Zinc 30 Zn Boron 5 B
Beryllium 4 Be
Gallium 31 Ga Silicon 14 Si
Magnesium 12 Mg
Yttrium 39 Y Germanium 32 Ge
Calcium 20 Ca
Zirconium 40 Zr Arsenic 33 As
Strontium 38 Sr
Niobium 41 Nb Antimony 51 Sb
Molybdenum 42 Mo Tellurium 52 Te
Technetium 43 Tc Transition metals
Ruthenium 44 Ru Scandium 21 Sc NON METALS
Rhodium 45 Rh Titanium 22 Ti
Palladium 46 Pd Vanadium 23 V Chalcogens
Silver 47 Ag Chromium 24 Cr
Cadmium 48 Cd Manganese 25 Mn Carbon 6 C
Indium 49 In Iron 26 Fe Nitrogen 7 N
Tin 50 Sn Cobalt 27 Co Oxygen 8 O
Barium 56 Ba Nickel 28 Ni Phosphorus 15 P
Lanthanide 57-71 La-Lu Copper 29 Cu Sulphur 16 S
Hafnium 72 Hf Selenium 34 Se
Tantalum 73 Ta Polonium 84 Po
Tungsten 74 W Lanthanides
Rhenium 75 Re Lanthanum 57 La Halogens
Osmium 76 Os Cerium 58 Ce
Iridium 77 Ir Fluorine 9 F
Praseodymium 59 Pr
Platinum 78 Pl Chlorine 17 Cl
Neodymium 60 Nd
Gold 79 Au Bromine 35 Br
Promethium 61 Pm
Mercury 80 Hg Iodine 53 I
Samarium 62 Sm
Thallium 81 Tl Astatine 85 At
Europium 63 Eu
Lead 82 Pb Gadolinium 64 Gd
Bismuth 83 Bi Terbium 65 Tb Noble gases
Radium 88 Ra Dysprosium 66 Dy
Actinide 89-103 Ac-Lr Hydrogen 1 H
Holmium 67 Ho
Rutherfordium 104 Rf Helium 2 He
Erbium 68 Er
Dubnium 105 Db Neon 10 Ne
Thulium 69 Tm
Seaborgium 106 Sg Argon 18 Ar
Ytterbium 70 Yb
Bohrium 107 Bh Krypton 36 Kr
Lutetium 71 Lu
Hassium 108 Hs Xenon 54 Xe
Meitnerium 109 Mt Radon 86 Rn
Actinides
Ununnilium 110 Uun
Unununium 111 Uuu Actinium 89 Ac
Ununbium 112 Uub Thorium 90 Th
Ununquadiun 114 Uuq Protactinium 91 Pa
Uranium 92 U
Alkali metals Neptunium 93 Np
Plutonium 94 Pu
Lithium 3 Li Americium 95 Am
Sodium 11 Na Curium 96 Cm
Potassium 19 K Berkelium 97 Bk
Rubidium 37 Rb Californium 98 Cf
Caesium 55 Cs Einsteinium 99 Es
Francium 87 Fr Fermium 100 Fm
Mendelevium 101 Md
Nobelium 102 No Element name (Aluminium)
Lawrencium 103 Lr Atomic number (13)
Symbol (Al)
Material density
MATERIAL D kg/dm3 MATERIAL D kg/dm3 MATERIAL D kg/dm3
Aluminium bronze 7.70 8.70 Nickel 8.60 Concrete 2.00 2.50
Amianthus 2.10 2.80 Nickel silver 8.40 8.90 Dry gravel 1.50
Antifriction metal 9.30 10.6 Niobium 8.40 Fibreglass 0.20 1.20
Antimony 6.70 Ordinary steel 7.85 Gas oil 0.80 0.85
Argentane 8.40 8.90 Plaster casting dry 0.97 Gasoline 0.70 0.75
Arsenic 5.70 Plaster of Paris 1.81 Glass 2.40 2.70
Asphalt 1.10 1.50 Polonium 9.40 Granite 2.70
Beryllium 1.84 Potassium 0.87 Hard coal 0.22
Beryllium copper 8.10 8.25 Pure iron 7.88 Ice 0.90
Bismuth 9.82 Quartz 2.50 Ivory 1.83 1.92
Black oxide of manganese 3.70 4.60 Red hematite 4.90 Paper 0.70 1.15
Blast furnace slag 2.50 3.00 Red phosphor 2.19 Peat 0.64
Bronze (7.9%) 7.40 Rolled brass 8.45 8.75 Rubber 1.70 2.20
Bronze (14%) 8.90 Rolled lead 11.40 Sandstone 2.30
Bronze phosphorous 8.80 Selenium 4.79 Tar 1.20
Cadmium 11.24 Silica 1.80 2.00 Water 1.00
Caesium 1.84 - 1.87 Silver 10.50 Wax 0.95
Calcium 1.58 Sodium 0.98 Noble gases
Cast iron 6.8 - 7.8 Sodium chloride 2.16 Argon 1.784
Casting brass 8.40 8.70 Steel casting 7.80 Chlorine 3.212
Casting copper 8.63 8.80 Sulphur 1.96 2.07 Fluorine 1.696
Chalk 1.80 2.70 Talcum 2.60 2.80 Helium 0.179
Chromium 6.60 Tin 7.28 Hydrogen 0.08988
Cinder 0.90 Titanium 4.5 Krypton 3.749
Clay 2.00 2.20 Tungsten (Wolfram) 19.10 Neon 0.9
Coal - mass 1.20 1.50 Vanadium 5.70 Nitrogen 1.25
Coal - small pieces 0.80 0.95 White cast iron 7.00 7.80 Oxygen 1.429
Cobalt 8.71 White metal 7.10 Radon 9.72
Coin gold 19.50 Wirebar copper 8.82 8.95 Xenon 5.897
Coke - small pieces 0.30 0.48 Yellow phosphor 1.83 Synthetic
Cold - drawn gold 19.36 Zinc 7.10 Americium 243
Delta metal 8.60 Steels and Superalloys Berkelium 247
Diamond 3.55 Carbon steel and alloy 7.85 Bohrium 264
Expanded clay 0.30 0.50 Hastelloy B-2 / B-3 9.22 Californium 251
Extruded aluminium 2.70 2.75 Hastelloy C-22 8.69 Curium 247
Ferric oxide 5.25 Hastelloy G-30 8.22 Dubnium 262
Graphite 1.80 2.30 Incoloy 800 8.10 Einsteinium 252
Gray iron 6.60 7.80 Inconel 600 8.51 Fermium 257
Gray pig iron 7.00 7.25 Stainless steel 304 7.93 Hassium 277
relative atomic mass
Homogeneous iron 7.85 Stainless steel 316 7.98 Lawrencium 103

Iodine 4.95 Stainless steel 321 8.02 Meitnerium 268
Kaolin 2.20 Stainless steel 400 7.73 Mendelevium 258
Lead bronze 8.80 9.50 Steel with appr. 12% Cr 7.60 Neptunium 237
Light alloy based on Al 2.56 2.80 Steel with appr. 3% W 8.00 Nobelium 259
Light alloy based on Mg 1.76 1.87 Steel with appr. 6% W 8.20 Plutonium 244
Lignite (brown coal) 1.20 1.50 Steel with appr. 12% W 8.40 Promethium 145
Magnesium 1.60 1.75 Steel with appr. 18% W 8.70 Ununbium 285
Magnetite (loadstone) 5.10 Various Ununnilium 281
Manganese 7.14 7.51 Asbestos cement 1.80 2.20 Unununium 272
Melted aluminium 2.56 2.64 Baked lime 0.50 Ununquadiun 289
Melted gold 19.25 Bathed gravel 1.70 Rutherfordium 261
Melted platinum 21.15 Calcareous tufa 1.20 1.90 Seaborgium 266
Mercury 13.59 Charcoal 0.15 Technetium 98
Molybdenum 8.05 Celluloid 1.40
Monel 8.36 8.84 Cement 1.40 kg = D V
Native gold 19.33 Compact limestone 2.40 2.70 D = density V = volume of the piece
Notes on heat treatments

Ac1 Temperature at which austenite starts to form, during heating.
Ac3 Temperature at which the transformation of ferrite into austenite stops, during heating.
Ms Temperature at which the transformation of austenite into martensite starts, during cooling.
Mf Temperature at which the transformation of austenite in martensite is complete, martensite finish.
Austenitisation Operation during which the material is heated to a temperature at which the structure becomes
austenitic.
Annealing The main requirement of this heat treatment is to achieve a lowering of the hardness of hot-deformed,
rolled and cold-drawn materials.
Annealing is introduced in some cases to eliminate stresses or non-homogeneous structures.
Bright annealing An annealing process that is carried out in a controlled atmosphere furnace (e.g. nitrogen) or in
order that oxidation is minimised and the surface remains relatively bright.
Brittleness This occurs in some hardened and tempered steels after a period of time held at a temperature of
450-525 C, or during slow cooling within this range of temperatures. Causes loss of toughness.
Carbonitriding Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher carbon and nitrogen content on the surface. Both
these elements increase hardness.
Case-hardening Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher carbon content on the surface. Carbon increases
hardness and counteracts wear.
Case-hardening depth This is the distance between the surface and the layer at which the Vickers hardness, mea-
sured under a load of 9.81 N, is HV1 = 550.
Chromium plating Electroplating treatment to form a film of extremely hard chromium on ground bars. This treat-
ment provides abrasion and corrosion resistance, and a lower friction coefficient between moving parts; especially with
rubber gaskets.
Chromizing Heat and chemical treatment to obtain a higher content of chromium on the surface.
Continuous patenting When the heating and cooling operations are carried out continuously.
Cooling Process for cooling a product by removing heat: nature and temperature of medium-environment, relative
movements, etc.
Cooling capacity Ability of a medium (air, oil, polymer, water, salt bath) to carry out a particular cooling programme.
Core quenching Hardening process carried out so that the depth of hardening is not less than the distance between
the core and the surface of the product.
Decarburizing A reduction of carbon in the surface layer of an iron product. The layer thickness may be defined with
reference to a structural state or a level of hardness, or the carbon content in the unaltered base metal.
Deformation Alteration of the initial shape and dimensions of a product, during heat treatment.
Diffusion Operation to spread the elements previously introduced on the surface toward the core of the base metal.
Endothermic atmosphere Furnace atmosphere with an adjustable carbon potential.
Exothermic atmosphere Furnace atmosphere produced exothermically and controlled so that it does not oxidize
the material.
Full annealing Heating at a temperature of 20-50 C above C

the critical range Ac3 for hypoeutectoid steels, Ac1 for hyper-
eutectoid steels, pause at this temperature for a suitable time, Ac3
2-3 minutes each mm of thickness of the part to be treated. Ac1

Very slow cooling in the temperature field inside the critical
range Ac3-Ac1. Final cooling at ambient temperature with F+A
A
higher or lower velocity (5-30 C/h) depending on the CCT A F F+C
curves.
A B
Gaseous case-hardening Case-hardening treatment in a

gaseous medium-environment. Ms
Grain enlargement Phenomenon normally caused by high

temperatures, much higher than Ac3. Mf
M
Hardenability Aptitude of the steel towards martensitic
and/or bainitic transformation. In simple terms, it is the ability tempo/time
to acquire hardness.
Hardening depth This is the distance between the surface and the layer at which the Vickers hardness, measured
under a load of 9.81 N, is equal to 80% of the maximum hardness requested on the surface.
Heat and chemical treatment Process performed in a suitably selected medium-environment to change the chem-
ical composition of the base material.
Heat cycle Change of temperature over time.
Heating Increasing the temperature of a product with a pre-set thermal gradient.
Heat treatment Series of heat operations in order to change the properties and/or the structure of a ferrous mate-
rial.
Homogenization annealing This is carried out at high temperatures of 1100-1200 C with the aim of reducing, by
means of diffusion, the segregation of the chemical compositions and thus making them more uniform. Risks: burning
and grain coarsening.
Hydrogen annealing The hydrogen dissolved in the molten steel may give rise to internal cracks, so-called flakes, into
steel after it has cooled following hot working. By subjecting the products obtained from ingots to an annealing treat-
ment at 600-680 C for several days, followed by slow cooling, the hydrogen content can be reduced and the danger of
flake formation removed. The heat treatment is performed for carbon or alloy steels with hydrogen (H2) greater than 2
ppm. Tool steels are less sensitive to flakes to the extent that even 4-5 ppm of hydrogen does not create problems.
Immersion patenting When the material remains wound in bundles or rolls during the heat treatment. The most
common cooling mediums are air, lead bath, salt bath and fluid bed.
thermal jump in A= Instable Austenite
controlled atmosphere
Ionic nitriding Bombardment of ions. The luminescent dis- C (ex. nitrogen)
B=
C=
Bainite
Ferrite
M= Martesite
charge occurs in a gaseous mixture, under less than atmospheric Ac3 P=
C=
Pearlite
Cementite
pressure, in which the ferrous product constitutes the cathode.
Ac1
Isothermal annealing This is carried out at 20-30 C above A F+A

Ac3 for hypoeutectoid steel or Ac1 for hypereutectoid steel. This A F F+C
heat treatment enables regeneration of the structure and com-

A B
plete elimination of any work hardening. Heating 50 C/hour,
holding at maximum temperature for one hour per inch of thick- Ms
ness. The furnaces must be provided with forced air circulation

and the cooling to under Ac1 must be fast until the temperatures
indicated on the technical data sheets are reached. Holding until Mf
the complete transformation of austenite (see TTT curves), for 2 M F+P
hours min. then unloading into air.

time
Isotropy Material in which the physical properties (e.g. mechanical characteristics) are identical in all directions.
Liquid case-hardening Case-hardening treatment in salt bath.
Nitriding Heat and chemical treatment to obtain higher nitrogen content on the surface. Nitrogen increases hard-
ness and contrasts mechanical wear.
Nitrocarburizing Heat and chemical treatment to obtain higher nitrogen and carbon content at the surface. Both
these elements form a combination layer.
Normalization This is carried out at a temperature just higher than Ac3 (+50 C +70 C) followed by cooling in
calm air. The main aim is to homogenize the structure and to reduce the size of the grain enlarged by previous hot
transformation operations. This treatment is not recommended for tool steels and self-hardening steels.
Oxidation Precipitation, to a greater or lesser depth, towards the core of the product, of the oxides formed from the
oxygen on the surface.
Patenting Austenitization heat treatment followed by cooling to enable subsequent drawing or rolling.
Polymer Synthetic fluid consisting of water and organic products with a high molecular weight (polymers). The
quenching rate, with a 35% solution, is just greater than that of oil and it enables a greater range of steels to be
treated without risk of failure.
These baths are in the process of replacing tempering oil, which is more pollutant and costly.
Pre-heating This consists of heating the material to and maintaining for a certain period of time one or more inter-
mediate temperatures between the initial temperature and the maximum planned temperature.
PWHT Post-weld heat treatment.
Quenching This is the cooling of a ferrous product faster than in calm air. It is good practice not to use a quenching
medium which is more drastic than necessary as the faster the cooling the greater the stresses induced in the part.
Quenching baths must be stirred to prevent vapour bubble adhering to the material. The most commonly used baths
are: gas mixtures (for sub-zero treatment), water, salt baths, polymers (water with additives), oil, forced or calm air. The
weight of the baths must be at least 10-15 greater than that of the material to be quenched. The temperature of the
bath at the end of quenching must not exceed 49 C.
Quenching and tempering Hardening treatment composed of quenching and tempering to obtain the desired
combination of mechanical properties and good ductility and toughness.
Recrystallization annealing This is recommended for cold-rolled materials and should be carried out at a temper-
ature of Ac1. During the rolling, the structure tends to orient itself towards the direction of the main deformation. The
hardness increases and the capacity of the steel to undergo further machining, such as drawing, are reduced.
Ac3
end recrystallization
Ac1
grain regeneration
re-estabilish zone
recrystallization
and start
cold rolled
and drawn
recrystallization
time
Soft annealing This is carried out at 30-50 C below Ac1.

This treatment does not modify the structure but adequately softens and eliminates the stresses due to previous
processes. Cooling (about 10 C/hour, usually 5-10 C/minutes for carbon steels and 20-40 C/hour for alloy steels)
may be carried out either in a furnace or in air.
Stress-free annealing This is carried out at a temperature of between 580 C and 650 C, with cooling in a furnace
down to 250-300 C before being discharged into air.
Sub-critical spheroidizing (annealing) This heat treatment is not recommended for hypoeutectoid steels C
0.83% to be machined with chip removal, but it is the only treatment which may make hypereutectoid steels C 0.83-
2.06% machinable. It is carried out at a temperature near to Ac1 (10 C) but they must be held at this temperature
for long periods, 1 hour for every 10 mm of thickness of the bundle of bars or rolled or forged products of the entire
load. It is an excellent heat treatment for material to be used for cold forming and extrusion.
Ac3
Ac1
1 h every 10 mm of thickness
time
Self hardening (process) Cooling by heat conduction towards unheated parts.
Self hardening (adjective) Steel with hardenability such that cooling in air gives a martensitic structure to large-
sized parts.
Secondary hardening Hardening achieved after one or more tempering treatments which precipitate a compound
or give rise to the formation of martensite or bainite starting from the residual austenite.
Silicisation Heat and chemical treatment in order to increase the silicon content on the surface.
Solubilization (hardening of austenitic steels) This treatment is usually carried out at 1000-1100 C with subsequent
rapid cooling in water or forced air.
Spheroidizing Geometrical change of carbide particles, such as plates of cementite, towards a stable spherical shape.
Stress relieving Treatment to reduce stresses without reducing hardness. It is generally carried out at 50 C below
the last tempering carried out on the parts which are set in operation with high strength. The cooling must be particu-
larly slow, generally in a furnace.
Sulphocarbonitriding Heat and chemical treatment in order to increase the sulphur, carbon and nitrogen content
on the surface.
Tempering This is the heat treatment which a ferrous product undergoes after hardening by quenching, to achieve
the desired mechanical properties. After quenching, the material is highly stressed and these stresses must be elimi-
nated as their force, if it exceeds the failure load, could break the material. This is one of the purposes of tempering.
The second is to lower the strength until a compromise is reached between a good failure load and good toughness
(impact strength).
Useful experience:
Considering 0 to be the strength after 2 hours of tempering, the variations in N/mm2 obtained by increasing and re-
ducing the times maintained at the temperature are shown below.
Duration of tempering h 30 1 2 3 4 5 7 10
Variation in strength N/mm2 +60 +30 0 30 45 50 60 80
Tempering diagram Graphic representation of the tempering treatment, including heating velocity and permanence
time at the established temperature. Diagram showing the relationship between the mechanical characteristics and the
tempering temperature for a specific period of time at that temperature.
Thermal conductivity K K is the thermal conductivity coefficient, typical of a material, indicating the heat trans-
mission ability (in the presence of a thermal gradient between the material faces and without convection or radiation).
[W]
K =
[m] [kelvin]
Time at temperature Time from when the part has reached the pre-set temperature at the core to the next change
in temperature.
A period of hour per inch of thickness is normally used during quenching and 1 hour during tempering. These para-
meters apply to forged parts in general and thicknesses greater than 50 mm.
Other method for wire rods, bundles and compact coils:
Temperature K Temperature K Temperature K Temperature K Temperature K

575 C 21 650 C 31 750 C 43 825 C 51 900 C 60
600 C 25 675 C 34 775 C 46 850 C 54 925 C 63
625 C 28 700 C 37 800 C 49 875 C 57 950 C 66
Maximum thickness mm/K = hours of active time at temperature

Example: to normalize a 400 mm at 900 C (K = 60) 400/60 = 6.6 h
for wire rods the times reported above are suitable, and the dimension to be considered is the diameter of circum-
scribed bundle
for compact coils, maximum time increased by 50%
for bundles of compact bars, times increased by 30%
Transformation diagrams Series of time/temperature diagrams which define the initial and final moments of the
transformation of austenite under isothermal conditions for each temperature level.
Wear-resistant coating Deposition of thin layers of very hard compounds which resist wear and corrosion, such as:
CVD Chemical Vapour Deposition

DLC Diamond Like Carbon.
HIP Hot Isostatic Pressing (application of heat and pressure to a metal)
PCD Poli Crystalline Diamond (graphite, under pressure and at high temperature, mixed with Co or Ni).
PVD Physical Vapour Deposition
Influence of alloys
The characteristics listed below are valid for steels included in this volume.
Al Aluminium C Carbon
Melting point 660 C Melting point 3727 C
1) Considerable hardening in the solid state 1) It is the most important element during hardening and tem-
2) Deoxidizes effectively, casting percentage 0.020-0.040% or pering to obtain the desired hardness
> 0.015 for soluble Al 2) Mild carbon steel (C < 0.15) or extra mild carbon steel (C<
3) Obstructs grain enlargement and this helps to prevent cracks 0.08), without special additives, is too ductile and is too
during grinding pasty during cutting which results in poor finishes
4) It is the alloy in nitriding steel. It forms extremely hard alu- 3) With a C% greater than 0.15 there is an increase in resis-
minium nitrides with nitrogen tance to shearing stress and wear of the tools due to the in-
5) Enables regulation of the depth of the nitriding layer creased abrasiveness of structures richer in carbons
4) Graphite form of carbon is a black, odourless, slippery solid.
6) Prevents aging of the steel
Graphite sublimes at 3825 C. Diamond is the purest carbon
7) Does not tend to form carbides but tends to increase abrasive
form an extremely hard solid
strength
8) Harms the machinability of free-cutting steels
Ca Calcium
9) An Al / N ratio > 2 is recommended to achieve good deoxida-
Melting point 842 C
tion
1) Even minimum quantities form non-metallic inclusions which
As Arsenic improve machinability and resist abrasion
Melting point 817C 2) Does not worsen mechanical characteristics and does not
cause problems during heat treatment
1) Has a strong tendency to segregate 3) Alkaline earth metal, which is white/silver in colour and very soft
2) Worsens the tempering embrittlement 4) In some cases it is used as a deoxidant
3) Considerably reduces the toughness 5) Increases toughness (impact strength)
6) Refines the grain and in this way limits hardening depth.
Boron B Quenching should preferably be done in water
Melting point 2075 C
Co Cobalt
1) With contents of 0.003-0.005% it considerably increases Melting point 1495 C
hardening in carbon and low-alloy steels. Higher contents
cause brittleness when hot. If boron is allowed to combine 1) Maintains hardness at high temperatures
with oxygen and nitrogen then its effect on hardenability is 2) Prevents overheating of machine tools
lost. Therefore, the steel must be deoxidized prior to the ad-
dition of boron and a strong nitride-forming element such as Cr Chromium
titanium also has to be added Melting point 1907 C
2) Avoid temperatures of between 200 C and 400 C for boron
steels as the material becomes fragile in this range. If temper- 1) With a high carbon content, provides good resistance against
ing is to be carried out, use temperatures of 180 C or 420 C wear and abrasion
2) Increases hardening
3) Harmful for welding, also employed as a deoxidant
3) Prevents corrosion, oxidization and decarburizing
4) Increases the transition temperature
4) Helps to maintain mechanical strength at high temperatures
5) Slight tendency towards formation of carbons
Bi Bismuth 6) Increases surface hardness which can be achieved by nitruration
Melting point 271 C
Cu Copper
1) Used in an alloy with lead (~ 0.1%) it increases the machin- Melting point 1084 C
ability of free-cutting steels by 20-30%
2) May not be identified metallographically since it is linked with 1) Increases resistance to atmospheric corrosion
lead even if it is added separately during the production process 2) Undesirable in steel as it causes hot-shortness when content
3) Hot-rolling is more difficult, because it can cause surface de- exceeds 0.40%
fects 3) Harmful for welding
H Hydrogen Ni Nickel
1) A very harmful impurity, especially if it exceeds 2 ppm 1) Increases hardening

2) Produces micro-cracks, known as flakes, which can occur 2) Useful for increasing impact strength at low temperatures
even after long periods of time or after quenching and tem- with a percentage of approximately 2% and excellent affect
pering on lowering the transition curve
3) Increases strength of annealed and untreated steels
Mn Manganese
O Oxygen
Melting point 218.7 C
1) Helps to increase hardening
1) Generally considered an impurity, as it has a negative effect
2) Provides impact wear resistance on mechanical characteristics
3) Prevents brittleness in the presence of sulphur 2) It is considered that the greater the degree of deoxidisation,
4) It is considered an alloy element if it exceeds 1% the higher the quality of the steel
5) Mn/C ratio should be > 3 in order to achieve satisfactory 3) Recommended max. 30 ppm
toughness at low temperatures (e.g. Kv 50C) 4) Oxygen is one of the main constituents of the atmosphere of
which it forms approximately one fifth. It is odourless and in-
Mo Molybdenum visible. Although oxygen does not burn alone it is extremely
Melting point 2623 C efficient in supporting combustion; nearly all other chemical
elements that combine with it develop heat. It has many uses
1) During heating it increases the temperature at which the in industry and is essential to the BOS (Basic Oxygen
austenitic grain starts to increase in size Steelmaking Process)
2) Prevents brittleness due to tempering
3) Increases creep limit P Phosphorous
4) Increase depth of hardening, as it reduces the critical cooling Melting point 44 C
speed
1) Reduces ductility but improves chip-forming machining in
free-cutting steels
Nitrogen N 2) With a content > 0.20 the impact strength is nil.
Melting point 210 C 3) A maximum content of 0.015% is recommended for galva-
nizing treatment, or otherwise the formula Si + 2.5P <
1) Increases hardening, ultimate tensile strength and yield point 0.09%
2) Used in nitruration processes to obtain extremely hard sur-
face layers Pb Lead
3) A content of approximately 0.012% favours chip breakabil- Melting point 327.4 C
ity, thereby improving machinability
4) Recommended max. 90 ppm 1) Together with sulphur, it considerably increases the machin-
5) Generally considered to have harmful effects on toughness ability of steels (Pb 0.15-0.35%)
(Kv) at low temperatures 2) Slight tendency to thin the austenitic grain
3) Negatively effects the mechanical characteristics
Nb Niobium 4) Harmful for welding. If welding has to be carried out, use UTP
63 electrodes or equivalent R 700 N/mm2 and A% 40
1) Forms very hard abrasive carbons and causes an increase in S Sulphur

Melting point 115 C
the wear of machine tools
2) Used in self-hardening steels
1) Added to steel in various quantities depending on the classes
3) Used to make special steels and strong welded joints in order and the technological needs to improve machinability
to prevent corrosion 2) Undesirable from the point of view of mechanical character-
4) Niobium becomes a superconductor when lowered to cryo- istics because it cause brittleness
genic temperatures 3) Considered the simplest, most economic and effective addi-
5) Refines the grain and offers excellent drawability tive to be added to steel to improve the machinability
6) Used in stainless steels as it possesses good creep strength at 4) Lowers the melting point of the steel
high temperatures up to 700 C
Se Selenium V Vanadium
1) 0.20% of this element is more suitable than an equal quan- 1) Produces fine grains
tity of sulphur for improving chip removal in carbon steel, low 2) Increases hardening
alloy and austenitic steels 3) Increase impact strength just like nickel
2) It is a better substitute for sulphur and tellurium in stainless 4) Increase elastic limit
steels 5) Provides considerable wear resistance
3) Gives spheroidal form to manganese sulphides and is used to 6) Increases the diffusion of nitrogen
improve the mechanical properties of resulphurized steels in
the transversal direction W Tungsten
4) Improves machinability in difficult workings (e.g. deep drilling Melting point 3422 C
operations)
1) Provides abrasion resistance for tool steels, reduces sensitiv-
Silicon Si ity to overheating
Melting point 1414 C 2) Produces mechanical strength in parts for hot forming
3) Improves toughness and prevents enlargement of grain size
1) Used as an alloy in sheets for electromagnetic applications as 4) Used particularly in high-speed steels for cold cutting and
it increases the electrical resistance shearing components
2) Slight influence on deoxidation
3) Increase wear resistance of low alloy steels Zr Zirconium
4) Reduces cold deformability Melting point 1855 C
5) Seriously damages machinability of the tool
6) A maximum content of 0.25% is recommended for galvaniz- 1) Fixing nitrogen eliminates the tendency to aging
ing treatment 2) Tends to form oxides and nitrides which are harmful for me-
chanical processing
Sn Tin 3) Has the power to absorb gases and is therefore also used as
Melting point 231.9 C a getter or metallic absorbent
4) Since it cannot be altered by atmospheric agents it is used to
1) Content greater than 0.05% may make the steel brittle in hot produce corrosion-resistant metal alloys
machining, just like copper
2) It is a silvery-white, soft, malleable and ductile metal. Fe Iron
Exposed surfaces form oxide film. Resists oxygen and water Melting point 1536 C
3) When present in steel it is an undesirable impurity which
gives rise to temper brittleness 1) This is the most common metal 90% of all the metal refined
worldwide is ferrous
Te Tellurium 2) It is used in steels and in other alloys and the pure metal is
Melting point 449.5 C obtained by the liquefaction of ferrous minerals
3) The first findings were meteorites made of iron-carbon alloy,
1) Makes the sulphur less plastic enabling increased cutting nickel, cobalt and chromium alloys. On the earth in magnetite
speed and facilitating drilling operations seams you can find hematite, limonite and siderite
2) Improves machining by up to 50% when combined with lead 4) It is a light grey and magnetic solid. When exposed to humid
3) Reduces hot deformability air, it becomes rust (iron oxide)
4) Reduces hot forming like lead, when present in steel with a 5) Pure iron Ac3 = 911 C
ratio S% / Te% ratio of ~10
5) Tends to give spheroidal form to sulphurs
Ti Titanium
1) Prevents formation of austenite in steels with a high

chromium content
2) Reduces hardness and hardening in steels with an mean
chromium content
3) Prevents inter-granular corrosion in stainless steels
4) Deoxidizing, denitriding and refining of austenitic grain
5) Reduces machinability of tool as it forms abrasive carbons
6) Refractory metal
7) 40% lighter than steel
Additional symbols UNI 10440/00 and EN 10027-1/05

+TH Treated to obtain a range of hardness
General conditions of treatment +U Untreated e.g. St 52.3 U
and special requirements +WW Hot forming
+A Soft annealed +V (Vergten) Hardening and tempering
+AC Spheroidized annealed m e.g. Cm55 with a range of sulphur content 0.020-
+AR Raw for rolling, natural state 0.040%
+AT Solubilization annealed K e.g. St 37-3 K (kaltgezogen, cold-drawn), drawn e.g.
+BC Hot-formed and sandblasted
CK 15 killed
+BG Spheroid annealing (not laminar)
+Z15 Through thickness property, minimum reduction of
+BK Bright down, no heat treatment after drawing
area = 15%
+NBK Normalized in a controlled atmosphere
+Z25 Through thickness property, minimum reduction of
+C Cold-drawn
area = 25%
+CC Semi-finished from continuous casting not subject
+Z35 Through thickness property, minimum reduction
to subsequent forming
of area = 35%
+Cnnn Cold-drawn to obtain nnn N/mm2
Additional symbols which follow the steel code
+CH Core hardenability
e.g. 42CrMo4 +QT = hardened and tempered
+CR Cold rolled
+DC Condition of supply selected by supplier
Structural steels (e.g. S 235 J 0 )
+FP Treated for ferrite-pearlite structure and hardness
S Structural steels
+GBK Annealed in protected atmosphere (e.g. bright annealing)
235 Minimum yield N/mm2 (th. < 16 mm)
+GKZ Spheroid annealing (not laminar)
+H Normal hardenability at maximum range
+HH Hardenability restricted towards top
J2 Guaranteed impact strength at 20C 27J
+HR Treated for a certain range of hardness
J0 Guaranteed impact strength at 0C 27J
+HL Hardenability restricted towards low
+HC Hot-rolled followed by cold hardening JR On request, guar. imp. strength at +20C 27J
+HR Treated for a certain range of hardness K2 Guaranteed impact strength at 20C 40J
+HW Normal state of hot forming L Guaranteed impact strength at 50C 27J
+I Isothermal annealing G1 - FU Rimming steel allowed
+LC Skin pass (flattened or cold-drawn) G2 - FN Rimming steel not allowed
+M Thermo-mechanically rolled G3 - FF Fully killed steel
+MA Machined G4 State of supply at producers discretion
+N Normalized .E e.g. C45E with max sulphur content specified
+NT Normalized and tempered .R e.g. C45R with a range of sulphur content specified
+P Hardened by precipitation R. e.g. RSt 52.3 killed steel
+PE Peeled RR e.g. RRSt44-3 special killed steel
+PI Hot-formed and pickled U. e.g. USt 52.3 rimming steel
+PL Polished (smoothed) X. e.g. X 6Cr17 indicates steels with at least one alloy of
+Q Quenched more than 5%
+QA Quenched in air BS Base steels
+QO Quenched in oil QS High quality steels
+QT Quenched and tempered H Cable profile
+QW Quenched in water KG - N Use at high temperatures
+RA Recrystallization annealing KT - NL Use at low temperatures
+S Annealed for cool shearing W - NH Use at high temperatures
+SH Peeled-reeled R Room temperature
+SL Ground GC Suitable for cold drawing
+SR Stress relieved
+T Tempered
Symbols indicating type of coating

+ A** Hot dip aluminium coating
+ AS Aluminium-silicon alloy coating
+ AZ Aluminium-zinc alloy coating (> 50% Al)
+ CE Electrolytic chromium/chromium oxide coating ECCS
+ CU Copper coating
+ IC Inorganic coating
+ OC Organic coating
+ S** Hot dip tin coating
+ SE Electrolytic tin coating
+ T** Hot dip lead-tin alloy (terne) coating
+ TE Electrolytic lead-tin alloy (terne) coating
+Z Hot dip zinc (galvanized) coating
+ ZA Hot dip zinc-aluminium coating (> 50% Zn)
+ ZF Hot dip zinc-iron (galvannealed) coating
+ ZN Electrolytic zinc-nickel coating
** must not be confused with the treatment conditions and may be

expressed with the letter S
e.g. +SA, +SS, +ST
Symbols, steel hardened and tempered for ..N/mm2 (BS 970 pt. 3 1991)
P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
550-700 625-775 700-850 775-925 850-1000 925-1075 1000-1150 1075-1225 1150-1300 1225-1375 > 1550
Structural mechanism of quenching

(Steel with C% 0.30)
Austenite
cooling
Ferrite
and critical
Austenite
zone
723 C
600 C
heating
ambient
temperature
quenching water quenching oil normalizing
or polymer air cooling
Ferrite and Pearlite Martensite Martensite and Troostite Troostite-pearlite

and Ferrite
Structural mechanism of tempering after quenching

(Steel with C% 0.30)
Critical temperature
approaching or exceeding this temperature (annealing)

the effect of the quenching is cancelled
Slow cooling into calm air
heating
Room
temperature
martensite sorbite sorbite ferrite-pearlite and ferrite and pearlite

cementite spheroidal
Tempering diagram
(The interpretation of the technical data sheets has been made faster and easier by the tempering tables)
R - Rp 0,2
N / mm2
2200
2100
2000
1900
1800
A% C%
1700 28 70
1600 26 65
1500 24 60
Kv
1400 + 20 C 22 55
Joule
1300 20 50
1200 210 18 45
1100 180 16 40
1000 150 14 35
900 130 12 30
800 110 10 25
700 80 8 20
600 40
500 25
400 15
100 200 300 400 500 600 700

tempering temperature C
values at room temperature for 10 mm round

after quenching at 850 C in polymer
tempering air
Metallographic structures of steel

Structure Description
Tempered An extremely hard and brittle transformation product, which forms during fast cooling of the steel from its
martensite austenitization temperature to a temperature lower than Mf (usually ambient temperature). Its hardness may
range from 30 to 68 HRC depending on the carbon content. Except for special cases, the material with this struc-
ture is finished by grinding and not by mechanical machining with chip removal, e.g. in the case of parts which
are tempered and only stress relieved at 150-200 C or for parts subject to surface hardening. Tempered
martensite is the best structure and the one most commonly found in hardened and tempered alloy steels. The
temperature at which, during cooling, the transformation of the austenite into martensite starts may be calcu-
lated using empirical formulae, such as:
539 (423 C% ) (30.4 Mn%) (12.1 Cr%) (17.7 Ni%) (7.5 Mo%) = ... C + 20
Martensite is an acicular phase when seen in the microstructure of steel.
Bainite 1) Structural constituent formed by acicular cementite in a ferritic matrix, with a hardness of between 30 and
55 HRC.
2) (continuation of troostite) The diffusion of carbon is still possible at cooling speeds between that of water
and air, and cementite still forms. Sudden movements due to atomic changes result in a structure known as
bainite.
Ferrite Pure iron, which appears as a polyhedric shape under a micrographic analysis of steels. This denominates a struc-
ture and not a composition. It may appear under two forms: acicular ferrite or free ferrite obtained directly from
the decomposition of austenite during cooling, without the simultaneous formation of cementite. Ferrite is a very
ductile constituent and causes the formation of the built-up edge (the chip sticks to the tool and it is difficult to
break). Mild steels containing a high percentage of ferrite are machined with difficulty. The solid solution of car-
bon in body-centred cubic iron, a constituent of carbon steels.
Pearlite Aggregate of ferrite and cementite obtained by the transformation of austenite above the bainitic interval.
It may be found in the form of laminar pearlite and, if uniformly distributed in the ferritic matrix, it provides good
workability, especially for case-hardened steels and carbon steels.
The structure which guarantees the longest life of the tool usually consists of ~10% of pearlite and 90% of fer-
rite. Spheroidal pearlite provides good workability for steels with high carbon content.
It is a lamellar constituent of steel consisting of alternate layers of ferrite (alpha-iron) and cementite (iron car-
bide Fe3C) and is formed on cooling austenite at 723 C. This produces a tough structure and is responsible for
the mechanical properties of unhardened steel.
Ferrite & Pearlite On the whole in our range of carbon steels it is not possible to observe a full ferritic or pearlitic structure, but the
structure will always consist of ferrite and pearlite. The different share of ferrite and pearlite is due to the chem-
ical composition and the cooling after heat treatment.
Typical structure to carbon steel (C45E) in its natural state.
Sorbite Aggregate of extremely fine spheroids of cementite or carbide (which may not be seen under an optical micro-
scope) in the ferritic matrix.
The dimensions of the cementite or carbide spheroids depend on the steel type, tempering temperature and time
at maximum temperature.
It has the classic structure of hardened and tempered steels, but it does not have satisfactory workability.
In order to overcome this problem, it is worth carrying out hardening and tempering on parts which have already
been rough-machined, so that the finishing may be carried out to a shallow depth.
Troostite The migration of the iron atoms occurs at very slow cooling speeds. They take on a new reticular arrangement
( ) and, at the same time, the carbon atoms migrate to form the cementite. This transformation product is
called pearlite (ferrite + cementite). At faster cooling speeds, the pearlite becomes very fine and is called troos-
tite. The structure formed by troostite and martensite creates discontinuities and difficulties during machining.
Cementite Iron carbide with formula Fe3C. It is a chemical combination of iron and carbon, with a content of C = 6.70%.
It has ferromagnetic properties below 210 C. It is a very hard but extremely brittle crystalline substance. It may
be broken down into ferrite and graphitic carbon by extremely slow cooling.
Its hardness may reach as much as 63 HRc.
It may be:
primary when it is formed by the direct separation of the liquid
secondary when it separates from austenite
tertiary when it separates from ferrite
The morphologic appearance may be: spheroidized, lamellar and acicular.

Iron-cementite equilibrium diagram (partial)

(Heat treatments and structures)
homogenizing
gamma iron
solid solution of
pure austenite carbon in the iron
gamma iron
density 7.6327 max temperature normalizing Acm + iron carbide Fe 3C
full annealing
Ac3 normalizing primary cementite
austenite quenchin
austenite ledeburite
Ac1 Ac1
ferrite
ferrite A1
soft annealing
recrystallization annealing ledeburite

alpha iron
density 7.8685 iron carbide Fe3C primary cementite
ferrite pearlite ferrite pearlite ferrite lamellar pearlite coalescence pearlite pearlite ferrite
secondary cementite ferrite cementite

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.2 1,5
%C
The diagram indicates the temperature ranges of recrystallization annealing - soft annealing - full annealing - normalization - harden-
ing - homogenizing according to the carbon content of the different steels.
It shows also the aggregation microstructures of the stable phases in the single fields.
(from L. Matteoli, Il diagramma di stato ferro-carbonio e le curve TTT, AIM, 1973)

Iron-carbon equilibrium diagram (Fe-C) (partial)
Austenite
A cm
1000
Normalizing
900 Austenite +
secondary Cementite
A3
Quenching water
800 Annealing
A1 A3.2 A3.2.1
Ar1
700
600
Pearlite + Pearlite +
Cementite
Eutectoid (pearlite)
Ferrite
0.83%c
2.06%C
X Y Z
C% 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00
Operation of the diagram. The temperatures of the different steels depend on the carbon content
line steels carbon % normalizing quenching annealing
X S355J2 0.18 930 C
Y 42CrMo4 0.44 850 C
Z 50CrMo4 0.48 790 C
Lucefin experience on iron-carbon diagram

Symbols and units of measurements

for the mechanical and physical properties of steel
FATT Transition temperature at which the inter-granular failure area is 50% of the original area after failure of various
Charpy V-notch specimens. Various temperatures may be used from 180 C (liquid nitrogen) to + 150 C and
above
Em Failure energy with pendulum hammers test for impact strength, types: Kv - KCU - DVM - Mesnager - KW
N Force: Newton
J Energy: Joule
ksi Stretch: thousands of pounds force per square inch
lbf Force pound
Rm - R Tensile strength calculated with proportional tensile specimens, expressed in N/mm
Rp0.2 Yield strength normally taken at 0.2% and in some cases at 0.02%. Value obtained from tensile test, expressed in
N/mm = MPa
Re ReH Total strength, read directly on the gauge of the tensile testing equipment as it corresponds to a stop in the load
increase
A% Percentage elongation after fracture. Value obtained from tensile test

A% = [(Lu Lo) : Lo] 100
Lu = final gauge length after fracture
Lo = original gauge length
C% or Z% Reduction of area after failure. Value obtained from tensile test

C% = [(So Su) : So] 100
So = original cross-sectional area of the parallel length
Su = minimum cross-sectional area after fracture
Kcu Impact strength with U notch, proportional specimens tested with pendulum hammers with energy measurement
expressed in J
Kv Impact strength with V notch
HB 10/3000 Brinell hardness EN 10003, calculated on the surface of the material. It is useful for knowing the approximate ten-
sile strength of the material 10 = ball in mm, 3000 = pressure in kg
HRC Scala 150 Rockwell hardness C EN 10109, normally used on materials with a tensile strength of from 760 N/mm to 2420
N/mm
HV Vickers hardness, normally used on materials with a tensile strength of from 1320 N/mm to above 2500 N/mm
Most commonly used terms

USA UK Germany Italy France
R Tensile strength Zugfestigkeit Rottura Resistance
Rp Yield point/stress Streckgrenze Snervamento Limite delasticit
A% Elongation Dehnung Allungamento Allongement
C% Reduction Einschnurung Contrazione Striction
K Impact strength Kerbschlagzahigkeit Resilienza Resilience
HB HV HRC Hardness test Hrte Durezza Duret
Formulae
Ceq C + Mn/6 + (Cr+Mo+V)/5 + (Ni+Cu)/15 (long formula)
(carbon
0.43 max recommended for cold welding without stress relief. Pre-heating and stress relief required at higher values in
equivalent)
order to avoid the formation of cracks.
C + Mn/4 + Si/4 (short formula) used in carbon steels
recommended 0.42 max
Volumetric V = r 20 L 20 (1 + 2 E T ) (1 + E T )
thermal

expansion
V
for rounds from V the radius is obtained r =
L0 [1 (E T )]
r
V = volume after heating mm3

r = radius after heating mm
r0 = radius before heating mm
E = 0.000012 for carbon & alloy steel 0 to 100 C
T = difference between ambient temperature and heating temperature L
L = length after heating mm
L0 = length before heating mm
Linear L = LO [1 + (E T )] E for stainless steel 0.000014

thermal E for aluminiun 0.000024
expansion L = length after heating mm E for brass 0.000019
L0 = initial length mm E for lead 0.000029
E = 0.000011 for carbon & alloy steel, E for copper 0.000017
0 to 100 C E for tin 0.000026
E for cementation 0.000011
E for nitruration 0.000011
E for cold tool s. 0.000011
E for hot tool s. 0.000012
E expressed in C1
T = difference between ambient temperature and heating temperature

In the case of bushings or pipes, the length (L0) to be considered is the circumference
Interference Shrink fit (jacket heating ~ 350C )

fit D = jacket internal diameter mm DC
d = inner liner external diameter mm I = = 0. ... mm
I = interference mm 1000
C = constant = 1.7 d=D+I
Cooling (shaft cooling 180C )

drive fit H7 - p5
force fit H7 - s5
H7 = tolerance for hole (0) (0) hole

O=foro
p5, s5 = tolerance for shaft (S)
S O
(S) shaft
S=albero
Reduction Sp
Forged and hot-rolled = ... : 1 (direct deformation)
ratio Sf
(r.r.)
Sp = ingot/bloom/billet cross-section Sf = end product cross-section
Forged 3.5: 1
Hot-Rolled 6: 1
(Sp Sc)
Forged and Hot-Rolled = ...%
Sf
Sf = hot-rolled section Sc = cold-drawn/cold-rolled section
Calculation of critical points on the basis of the chemical composition of the steel expressed in %.
The result is given in C and enables the technicians to determine the heat treatment parameters.
The formulae are valid for steels with C% 0.60 max and alloys with a max content of 5% each.
Ac1 (C) Temperature at which, during heating, the formation of Austenite starts.
723 10.7Mn 16.9Ni + 30Si + 16.9Cr + 25Mo + 6.38 W + 30Al + 50V + 290As =.... C 10
The equation is valid only for medium-alloyed steels.
Ac3 (C) Temperature at which, during heating, the transformation of Ferrite into austenite stops.

910 203 C 15.2Ni 30Mn 11Cr 20Cu + 44.7Si + 104V + 31.5Mo + 13.1W + 700P + 400Al = ... C + 10
The equation is valid only for medium-alloyed steels.
Ms (C) Temperature at which, during cooling, the transformation of austenite into Martensite starts.
539 (423 C% ) (30.4 Mn%) (12.1 Cr%) (17.7 Ni%) (7.5 Mo%) = C + 20
The equation is valid for steels:

C% 0.10-0.55 Mn% 0.20-1.70 Si% < 0.35 Ni% < 5.00 Cr% < 3.50 Mo% < 1.00
Mf (C) Temperature at which the transformation of austenite into martensite is complete (martensite finish).
Mf = Ms 215 C ( 15C)
Comparison mechanical Properties Alloys and Steels*

titanium carbon micro-alloyed stainless alloy superalloy
BT 6 GR 5 Al (2024) (Hastelloy)
Density g/cm3 4.4 7.8 7.8 7.9 3 8.9
R N/mm2 980 460 710 610 460 550
Rp N/mm2 850 300 560 480 350 330
A % % 14 28 24 50 9 15
Thermal cond. W m1 C1 21 55 75 30 200 60
Melting range C 1650 1440 1440 1480 660 1580
* Approximate values
E Longitudinal modulus of elasticity, used by designers to check operational bending stresses. The value may be ob-
tained by tensile tests. The higher the value the more rigid will be the structure and the desired elastic deformation will be
reduced.
G
E =
m

2(m + 1)
Bending or shear modulus of elasticity. Use the following formula to obtain the value:
G
m
G = E
2(m + 1)
E = Longitudinal modulus of elasticity

m = 1/Poisson coefficient = 3.30 for steel
E
Poisson coefficient 1
2G
N/mm2 Approximate values of Modulus of Elasticity E = longitudinal G = shear

Material E G E G E G E G E G
Carbon steel 205900 79000 185340 71100 154940 59450 134350 51550 123560 47400
Alloy 210000 80598 195000 74840 175000 67160
Tool,
hot work 215000 82500 176000 67550 165000 63300
Tool,
cold work 210000 80600 176000 67550 165000 63300
High-speed 217000 83280
Stainless steel 192200 72000 175540 65800 167690 62850 154940 58100 144160 54000
Titanium alloys 113750 14100 96100 11900 73550 9100 69600 8600
Aluminium alloys 111790 13850 65700 8150 54500 6750
Temperature 20 C 200 C 430 C 540 C 650 C
R/HB The tensile load and hardness are indicatively bound to each other and this relationship may be calculated as follows:
R (N/mm2) = K HB
K = 3.3
Rp/R Yield strength / Tensile strength ratio in mechanical test.

Approximately 0.80 for cold-drawn quenched and tempered +QT and 0.75 for cold-drawn in natural state,
0.67 for forged, 0.60 for hot-rolled
Galvanic Material for chrome or zinc-plating should have the following conditions:
treatments
Si% + 2.5 P% < 0,09 and P% max 0.015
Tc Temperature degrees Celsius (Centigrade)

Conversion from F to C C = 5/9 (F 32)
Tf Temperature degrees Fahrenheit

Conversion from C to F F = (9/5 C ) + 32
Tk Temperature Kelvin
Conversion from C to K K = C + 273.15
J factor Useful to determine susceptibility of steels to temper brittleness.

Recommended value 150 max
(Mn + Si) (P + Sn) 104
X factor Used as per the J factor. The values in the formula and the result are expressed in p.p.m. (0.001% = 10 ppm).
Recommended value 15 max.
(10P + 4Sn + 5Sb + As)

100
Pcm Figure shows that the steel can crack after welding. The advised max value is 0.20 max.
C + (Si:30) + [(Mn + Cu + Cr):20] + (Mo:15) + (Ni:60) + (V:10) + (5 B)
Jominy Test used to determine the depth of hardening in steels, from which a curve is obtained showing hardness against dis-
tance from hardened surface. In practice, it is used to find out the hardness trend in pieces hardened with industrial tech-
niques. The test is carried out on a sample obtained from the product of a particular cast which is heated in a special fur-
nace until reaching the austenitization temperature and then quenched by a water spray, in order to achieve controlled
cooling propagation along the sample axis. The sample must undergo normalization treatment before the test.
A series of hardness tests is then carried out from the hardened surface (HRC), starting from 1 mm and usually reaching
50 mm, in order to obtain the decreasing curve.
Certain empirical formulae can be used to construct a curve with the help of chemical elements. The result does not have the same precision
as that obtained with the real test. E.g. coefficients for 42CrMo4 steel.
J 1.5 = (27.7) + (71 x C%) + (0 Si%) + (0.3 Mn%) + (0 P%) + (0 S%) + (0.5 Cr%) + (0.7 Mo%) + (0.4 Ni%) +
+ (0 Al%) + (0 Cu%) + (20 N%) = HRC
If agreed at the time of ordering the manufacturer has the option to verify the hardenability by means of calculation EN 10083-3 (10.3.2).
J constant C Si Mn P S Cr Mo Ni Al Cu N
1.5 27.7 71 0 0.3 0 0 0.50 0.7 0.4 0 0 20
3 27.0 67 0 0.5 0 0 1.15 1.3 0.5 24 0 50
5 24.0 65 0 0.8 0 0 3.50 4.0 0.5 25 0 0
7 23.0 62 0 1.0 0 0 3.80 8,0 0 25 0 0
9 20.0 61 5 0.4 0 0 4.00 9.0 0 23 0 0
11 13.0 60 9 0 0 0 6.50 12 2 35 4 0
13 8.5 58 5 4.0 0 0 8.0 15 0 40 4 0
15 3.0 58 7 6.0 0 0 8.2 15 0 55 4 0
20 0 58 4.9 4.5 24 0 10.5 16 0 50 3 0
25 3 55 0 5.2 31 0 12.3 14.8 0 55 4.5 0
30 5 53 0.3 5.5 32 0 13.3 11.5 0 60 4.5 0
35 7 49 0.5 6.2 28 0 14.3 9.5 0.2 68 4.5 0
40 8 47 1.0 7.0 20 0 15.0 7.5 0.4 70 3.0 0
45 8.5 44 1.0 7.0 30 0 16.0 5.5 0.4 72 3.5 0
50 9 41 1.1 9.0 40 0 16.0 0.5 0.4 75 5.0 0
J = hardness at a distance of mm. Other methods may be obtained from standard ASTM A 255 and SEP 1664.
Quenched end Distance in mm from quenched end
100 mm
25 mm mm
0 11 25 35 50 60 80 100
12.5 mm H2O 20C

HRC
Hardenability = aptitude of a steel to undergo a more or less Hardenability curve

complete transformation into a martensitic structure for a sample The hardenability of a steel increases the greater the hardness is
with determined dimensions and geometry. maintained with an increase in the distance d
Structures obtained with

the Jominy test
860
0 11 25 35 50 60 80 mm 810
760
705
austenite + 640
austenite + ferrite
pearlite
585
530
475
austenite + bainite 420
365
austenite + martensite 310
255
martensite 100% 200

martensite 20%
+ ferrite - bainite
martensite 50%
+ ferrite - bainite
martensite 80%
+ ferrite - bainite
time
Units of measurement conversion table

to convert into multiply by
Psi pounds/square inch mpa = N/mm2 = 0.006896
(lb/in2) (pound/inch2) MN/m2
Psi pounds/square inch
(lb/in2) (pound/inch2) kg/mm2 * 0.0007032
Ksi kilo/square inch kg/mm2 * 0.7032
Ksi kilo/square inch mpa = N/mm2 = MN/m2 6.896
Mpa megapascal
N/mm2 newton/mm2 kg/mm2 * 0.10197
MN/m2 meganewton/m2
Tonf/in2 ton force/inch2 kg/mm2 * 1.55
ft lb foot-pound joule 1.356
J joule kgm * 0.10197
daJ/cm2 decajoule/cm2 kg/cmq * 1.0197
kg/mm2 * kilogram/mm2 Mpa = N/mm2 9.8066
in inch mm 25.4 (25.39998)
ft foot mm 304.80 (304.7997)
lb pound kg 0.4535924
cwt hundredweight [UK] kg 50.80
hundredweight [USA] kg 45.35924
*Obsolete units.
1 TM or Mt (metric ton) = 999.734 kg 1 square inch = 6.451 cm2

1 kg = 2.2 lb (pounds) 1 square foot = 0.093 m2
1 kp (kilo pound) = 0.4536 MT 1 square yard = 0.836 m2
1 kp = 1 kgm = 9.80665 N 1 square mile = 2.59 km2
Residual magnetism
1 T (tesia) = 104 G (gauss)
1 Oe (oersted) = 1 G
1 Oe = 79.5775 A/m (ampere/m)
1 A/m = 1.257 102 Oe
1 A/cm = 1.257 Oe
Technological tests
Type of Test Description
Reference Standard
Chemical analysis Quantometric analysis of carbon and alloy steels
EN ISO 14284
Inclusion content Assessment of non-metallic inclusions
UNI ENV 10247 DIN 50602
Decarburizing Measurement of depth of surface decarburizing
UNI 4839
Hardness Brinell Vickers Rockwell hardness tests
EN ISO 6506 ASTM A 370
Macrographic examination To highlight internal segregations and defects
UNI 3138
Micrographic examination Interpretation and evaluation of structure
UNI 3137
Ferrite Calculation of ferrite content in stainless steels
ASTM E 562
Photo view examination B/W photos in 10 x 15 cm format
Austenitic grain Calculation of grain size
EN ISO 643 ASTM E 112
Baumann print Assessment of sulphur distribution
ISO 4968
Wragge print Assessment of lead distribution
UNI 5683
Jominy Calculation of hardness values in HRC
EN ISO 642
Bending test Bending at 90 and above
UNI 564 ASTM A 370
Impact strength Ambient temperature test
EN 10045/1 ASTM A 370
Impact strength Impact strength test from 0 C to 180 C
EN 10045/1
Tensile tests Tension at ambient temperature Calculation of Rp 0.2, Rm, A%, Z%-C%. Use of extensimeter
EN 10002/1 ASTM A 370
Tensile tests Rapid tension up to 900 C. Calculation of Rp 0.2, Rm, A%, Z%
EN 10002/5
Other tests: Corrosion Micro-hardness Microanalyses K1C

Magnetic permeability Residual stresses Fatigue Pellini Cracking
Position of mechanical test UNI AFNOR DIN ASTM

specimen with respect to 1/6 of with a minimum 12.5 mm up to 250 1/3 of 1/4 T
outer surface of 12.5 mm /20 above 250 mm T = thickness
Values of approximate comparison between

several kinds of resilience (at a temperature of + 20 C)
Kcu J DVM J Mesnager J Kv J
5 8 11 8
13 16 22 16
22 25 32 28
25 33 34 32
27 34 40 36
29 46 66 40
34 60 78 45
39 70 90 64
44 78 100 80
49 86 114 92 45
54 92 128 110
59 104 140 125
64 114 152 134
68 122 164 146
73 128 170 155
78 136 184 166
83 144 200 180
88 156 218 194
93 170 235 215
98 176 246 226
102 184 260 240
108 240
113 264
118 278
Type Size mm Characteristics of notch mm

Length Width Height Notch depth Radius of base of notch Angle of notch
Kcu 55 10 10 5 1
Kv 55 10 10 2 45
Mesnager 55 10 10 2 1
DVM 55 10 10 3 1
Equivalences
J kgm ft.lb. J kgm ft.lb. J kgm ft.lb. J kgm ft.lb.
2 0.20 1.48 36 3.67 26.55 70 7.14 51.63 108 11.01 79.66
4 0.41 2.95 38 3.87 28.03 72 7.34 53.10 112 11.42 82.61
6 0.61 4.43 40 4.08 29.50 74 7.55 54.58 116 11.83 85.56
8 0.82 5.90 42 4.28 30.98 76 7.75 56.05 120 12.24 88.51
10 1.02 7.38 44 4.49 32.45 78 7.95 57.53 124 12.64 91.46
12 1.22 8.85 46 4.69 33.93 80 8.16 59.00 128 13.05 94.41
14 1.43 10.33 48 4.89 35.40 82 8.36 60.48 132 13.46 97.36
16 1.63 11.80 50 5.10 36.88 84 8.57 61.96 136 13.87 100.31
18 1.84 13.28 52 5.30 38.35 86 8.77 63.43 140 14.28 103.26
20 2.04 14.75 54 5.51 39.83 88 8.97 64.91 144 14.68 106.21
22 2.24 16.23 56 5.71 41.30 90 9.18 66.38 148 15.09 109.16
24 2.45 17.70 58 5.91 42.78 92 9.38 67.86 152 15.50 112.11
26 2.65 19.18 60 6.12 44.25 94 9.59 69.33 156 15.91 115.06
28 2.86 20.65 62 6.32 45.73 96 9.79 70.81 160 13.62 118.01
30 3.06 22.13 64 6.53 47.20 98 9.99 72.28 164 16.72 120.95
32 3.26 23.60 66 6.73 48.68 100 10.20 73.76 168 17.13 123.91
34 3.47 25.08 68 6.93 50.15 104 10.60 76.71 172 17.53 126.86
Resilience
When sub-size specimens are permitted or necessary, or both, modify the specified test requirement according to Table A and B
Greater energies or lower test temperatures may be agreed between purchaser and supplier.
Table A Charpy V-notch test acceptance criteria for various sub-size specimens (ASTM A 370)
Full size 10 10 mm Size 10 7.5 Size 10 6.7 Size 10 5 Size 10 3.3 Size 10 2.5
mm mm mm mm mm
J J J J J J
54 41 37 27 18 14
48 35 31 24 16 12
41 30 27 20 14 11
34 26 23 16 11 8
27 20 18 14 10 7
22 16 15 11 7 5
20 15 14 11 7 5
18 14 12 8 5 4
16 12 11 8 5 4
14 11 10 7 4 3
10 7 7 5 3 3
Table B Impact temperature reduction (ASTM A 333) When impact strengths are required at a temperature less than 20 C and the
material does not have sufficient thickness to obtain standard test pieces of 1010 mm, apply the temperature reductions of table B.
Full size 10 10 Size 10 7.5 Size 10 6.7 Size 10 5 Size 10 3.3 Size 10 2.5
mm mm mm mm mm mm
0 C 3 C 5 C 11 C 19 C 28 C
Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.

Hardness conversion table for carbon/alloy steels

ASTM A 370 03a
HRC HV HB HRA Rm HRB HV HB HRA Rm
Diamond Vickers Brinell Diamond N/mm2 Ball Vickers Brinell Diamond N/mm2
penetrator 30 3000 kgf penetrator MPa 1/16 30 3000 kgf penetrator MPa
68 940 85.6 100 240 240 61.5 800
67 900 85.0 99 234 234 60.9 785
66 865 84.5 98 228 228 60.2 750
65 832 739 83.9 97 222 222 59.5 715
64 800 722 83.4 96 216 216 58.9 705
63 772 706 82.8 95 210 210 58.3 690
62 746 688 82.3 94 205 205 57.6 675
61 720 670 81.8 93 200 200 57.0 650
60 697 654 81.2 92 195 195 56.4 635
59 674 634 80.7 2420 91 190 190 55.8 620
58 653 615 80.1 2330 90 185 185 55.2 615
57 633 595 79.6 2240 89 180 180 54.6 605
56 613 577 79.0 2160 88 176 176 54.0 590
55 595 560 78.5 2070 87 172 172 53.4 580
54 577 543 78.0 2010 86 169 169 52.8 570
53 560 525 77.4 1950 85 165 165 52.3 565
52 544 512 76.8 1880 84 162 162 51.7 560
51 528 496 76.3 1820 83 159 159 51.1 550
50 513 482 75.9 1760 82 156 156 50.6 530
49 498 468 75.2 1700 81 153 153 50.0 505
48 484 455 74.7 1640 80 150 150 49.5 495
47 471 442 74.1 1580 79 147 147 48.9 485
46 458 432 73.6 1520 78 144 144 48.4 475
45 446 421 73.1 1480 77 141 141 47.9 470
44 434 409 72.5 1430 76 139 139 47.3 460
43 423 400 72.0 1390 75 137 137 46.8 455
42 412 390 71.5 1340 74 135 135 46.3 450
41 402 381 70.9 1300 73 132 132 45.8 440
40 392 371 70.4 1250 72 130 130 45.3 435
39 382 362 69.9 1220 71 127 127 44.8 425
38 372 353 69.4 1180 70 125 125 44.3 420
37 363 344 68.9 1140 69 123 123 43.8 415
36 354 336 68.4 1110 68 121 121 43.3 405
35 345 327 67.9 1080 67 119 119 42.8 400
34 336 319 67.4 1050 66 117 117 42.3 395
33 327 311 66.8 1030 65 116 116 41.8 385
32 318 301 66.3 1010 64 114 114 41.4
31 310 294 65.8 970 63 112 112 40.9
30 302 286 65.3 950 62 110 110 40.4 370
29 294 279 64.6 930 61 108 108 40.0
28 286 271 64.3 900 60 107 107 39.5
27 279 264 63.8 880 59 106 106 39.0 360
26 272 258 63.3 860 58 104 104 38.6
25 266 253 62.8 850 57 103 103 38.1 350
24 260 247 62.4 820 56 101 101 37.7
23 254 243 62.0 810 55 100 100 37.2 340
22 248 237 61.5 790 54 36.8
21 243 231 61.0 770 51 94 35.5 330
20 238 226 60.5 760 49 92 34.6 320
Values shown in bold fall outside the ASTM table but they are still reliable. Values shown in italics are due to passage from table 2 to table 3
of ASTM A 370.
HV HRC HV HRC HV HRC HV HRC HV HRC

2270 85 1950 81 1633 77 1323 73 1004 69
2190 84 1865 80 1556 76 1245 72 940 68
2110 83 1787 79 1478 75 1160 71 920 67.5
2030 82 1710 78 1400 74 1076 70 900 67
Rockwell HRC diamond penetrator 120 Rockwell HRA diamond penetrator

Hardness load 1470 N (150 kgf) duration 30 Hardness load 588 N (60 kgf) duration 30
Vickers HV diamond penetrator 136 Rockwell HRB ball 1/16
Hardness load 294 N (30 kgf) duration 15 Hardness load 980 N (100 kgf) duration 30
Brinell HB ball 10 mm load 29.400N (3000 kgf) duration Tensile Rm N/mm2 (Mpa)
Hardness 15 strength
Hardness conversion table for austenitic stainless steels

ASTM A 370 03a
Hardness HRC Hardness HRA Rockwell superficial Hardness
150 kgf 60 kgf 15N Scale 30N Scale 45N Scale
diamond penetrator diamond penetrator diamond penetrator
48 74.4 84.1 66.2 52.1
47 73.9 83.6 65.3 50.9
46 73.4 83.1 64.5 49.8
45 72.9 82.6 63.6 48.7
44 72.4 82.1 62.7 47.5
43 71.9 81.6 61.8 46.4
42 71.4 81.0 61.0 45.2
41 70.9 80.5 60.1 44.1
40 70.4 80.0 59.2 43.0
39 69.9 79.5 58.4 41.8
38 69.3 79.0 57.5 40.7
37 68.8 78.5 56.6 39.6
36 68.3 78.0 55.7 38.4
35 67.8 77.5 54.9 37.3
34 67.3 77.0 54.0 36.1
33 66.8 76.5 53.1 35.0
32 66.3 75.9 52.3 33.9
31 65.8 75.4 51.4 32.7
30 65.3 74.9 50.5 31.6
29 64.8 74.4 49.6 30.4
28 64.3 73.9 48.8 29.3
27 63.8 73.4 47.9 28.2
26 63.3 72.9 47.0 27.0
25 62.8 72.4 46.2 25.9
24 62.3 71.9 45.3 24.8
23 61.8 71.3 44.4 23.6
22 61.3 70.8 43.5 22.5
21 60.8 70.3 42.7 21.3
20 60.3 69.8 41.8 20.2
Hardness HB Print Hardness HRB Hardness HRA N/mm2

3000 kgf mm 100 kgf 60 kgf for information a)
ball 10 mm ball 1/16 diamond penetrator
256 3.79 100 61.5 770
248 3.85 99 60.9 760
240 3.91 98 60.3 750
233 3.96 97 59.7 715
226 4.02 96 59.1 705
219 4.08 95 58.5 690
213 4.14 94 58.0 675
207 4.20 93 57.4 650
202 4.24 92 56.8 635
197 4.30 91 56.2 620
192 4.35 90 55.6 615
187 4.40 89 55.0 605
183 4.45 88 54.5 590
178 4.51 87 53.9 580
174 4.55 86 53.3 570
170 4.60 85 52.7 565
167 4.65 84 52.1 560
163 4.70 83 51.5 550
160 4.74 82 50.9 530
156 4.79 81 50.4 505
153 4.84 80 49.8 495
a) The cold deformation in stainless steels created by the print may alter the hardness values. Even a variation in the of just a few hundredths
of a millimetre can affect the value.

The tensile test is therefore recommended as the base test to understand the mechanical characteristics.
All information contained in this manual has been carefully verified. The authors, the publisher and Lucefin reject any responsability for its use.

Steels Explained PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Steels Explained PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part two

Lucchini RS Steel Mill.

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

Lucefin EUROPA ITALIA CINA GERMANIA FRANCIA UK RUSSIA USA

S235JR S235J2 S275JR S275J0 S355J0 S355J2 E295 E335

S235JR Technical card Trafilix

Cold-drawn +C Hot-rolled Peeled Reeled +SH

Forged normalized EN 10250-2: 2001 S235J2G3 1.0016

Quality S275JR Technical card

Cold-drawn +C Hot-rolled Peeled Reeled +SH

Cold-drawn +C Hot-rolled Peeled Reeled +SH

Cold-drawn +C Hot-rolled Peeled Reeled +SH

Quality S355J2 Technical card

Values valid also for +C +SL

S355J2 Technical card Trafilix

Quality E295 (Fe 490 Fe 50 St 50-2 C 30E C 35E) Technical card

Values valid also for +C +SL

Quality E335 (Fe 590 Fe 60 St 60-2 C 40E C 45E) Technical card

According to standards EN 10025-2: 2004 Trafilix

Values valid also for +C +SL

11SMn30 11SMnPb30 11SMn37 11SMnPb37

Mechanical proper ties

Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH

Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH

Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH

Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH

Pre-heating Stress relieving

Cold-drawn +C EN 10277-3: 2008 Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +SH

Quality 36SMnPb14 Technical card

According to standards EN 10087: 2000 Trafilix

C10E C15E C16E XC18 16MnCr5 20MnCr5 17NiCrMo6-4

Quality C10E Technical card

C10R 1.1207 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

size Soft annealing +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C

Forged UNI 8550: 1984. Reference only.

Jominy test HRC

Specific electric resist. Conductivity Thermal expansion [(m/mK) 106 C1]

effective depth of case-hardened layer

Quality C15E Technical card

According to standards EN 10084: 2008 Trafilix

Tensile strength after hardening and tempering at +200C Lucefin experience

Heat Temperature (+ ...C) - min. values Fatigue behaviour

C15R 1.1140 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

size Soft annealing Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C

Forged UNI 8550: 1984 Reference only.

Jominy test HRC for information only

Temperature Mod. of elasticity N/mm2 Rp 0.2 N/mm2 Thermal expansion

Specific heat capacity Density Thermal Specific electric Conductivity

Quality C16E Technical card

C16R 1.1208 EN 10277-4: 2008 Technical card Trafilix

size Soft annealing Hot-rolled Peeled-Reeled +A +SH, Soft annealing +A +C